forksand
/
qmk_firmware
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Releases Wiki Activity

Moved all source to the trunk directory.

Browse Source
pull/1469/head
Dean Camera 16 years ago
parent 9991321321
commit 6a10d6b465
88 changed files with 15575 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File

22
LUFA/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \page Page_BuildLibrary Building as a Linkable Library
*
* The LUFA library can be built as a proper linkable library (with the extention .a) under AVR-GCC, so that
* the library does not need to be recompiled with each revision of a user project. Instructions for creating
* a library from a given source tree can be found in the AVR-GCC user manual included in the WinAVR install
* /Docs/ directory.
*
* However, building the library is <b>not recommended</b>, as the static (compile-time) options will be
* unable to be changed without a recompilation of the LUFA code. Therefore, if the library is to be built
* from the LUFA source, it should be made to be application-specific and compiled with the static options
* that are required for each project (which should be recorded along with the library).
*
* Normal library use has the library components compiled in at the same point as the application code, as
* demonstrated in the library demos and applications. This is the preferred method, as the library is recompiled
* each time to ensure that all static options for a particular application are applied.
*/

400
LUFA/ChangeLog.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \page Page_ChangeLog Project Changelog
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLogXXXXXX Version XXXXXX
*
* - Added new BluetoothHost demo
* - Changed AVRISP Programmer descriptors to use a newly allocated 0x204F PID value
* - Fixed MagStripe project configuration descriptor containing an unused (blank) endpoint descriptor
* - Incorporated makefile changes by Denver Gingerich to retain compatibility with stock (non-WinAVR) AVR-GCC installations
* - Fixed makefile EEPROM programming targets programming FLASH data in addition to EEPROM data
* - LUFA devices now enumerate correctly with LUFA hosts
* - Fixed Configuration Descriptor search routine freezing when a comparitor returned a failure
* - Removed HID report item serial dump in the MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser - useful only for debugging, and
* slowed down the enumeration of HID devices too much
* - Increased the number of bits per track which can be read in the MagStripe project to 20480 when compiled for the AT90USBXXX6/7
* - Fixed KeyboardMouse demo discarding the wIndex value in the REQ_GetReport request
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog090209 Version 090209
*
* - PWM timer mode in AudioOut demo changed to Fast PWM for speed
* - Updated Magstripe project to work with the latest hardware revision
* - Fixed library not responding to the BCERRI flag correctly in host mode, leading to device lockups
* - Fixed library handling Get Descriptor requests when not addressed as standard requests to the device or interface
* - Fixed serious data corruption issue in MassStorage demo dataflash write routine
* - Added new NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token
* - USB task now restores previous global interrupt state after execution, rather than forcing global interrupts to be enabled
* - Fixed USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event firing after each configuration change, rather than once after the initial configuration
* - Added ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macros to Endpoint.h, altered ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE() to allow user to specify endpoint
* - ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS changed to ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS, PIPE_MAX_PIPES changed to PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES
* - Endpoint and Pipe non-control stream functions now ensure endpoint or pipe is ready before reading or writing
* - Changed Teensy bootloader to use a watchdog reset when exiting rather than a software jump
* - Fixed integer promotion error in MassStorage and MassStorageHost demos, corrupting read/write transfers
* - SPI_SendByte is now SPI_TransferByte, added new SPI_SendByte and SPI_ReceiveByte functions for fast one-way transfer
* - MassStorage demo changed to use new fast one-way SPI transfers to increase throughput
* - MassStorage handling of Mass Storage Reset class request improved
* - Altered MassStorage demo dataflash block read code for speed
* - Added USB_IsSuspended global flag
* - Simplified internal Dual Mode (OTG) USB library code to reduce code size
* - Extended stream timeout period to 100ms from 50ms
* - Mass Storage Host demo commands now all return an error code from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
* - Added SubErrorCode parameter to the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event
* - VBUS drop interrupt now disabled during the manual-to-auto VBUS delivery handoff
* - Simplified low level backend so that device/host mode initialization uses the same code paths
* - Added workaround for faulty Mass Storage devices which do not implement the required GET_MAX_LUN request
* - Removed buggy Telnet application from the RNDIS demo
* - Moved Mass Storage class requests in the Mass Storage Host demo to wrapper functions in MassStoreCommands.c
* - Fixed incorrect SCSI command size value in the Request Sense command in MassStoreCommands.c
* - Added SetProtocol request to HID class non-parser Mouse and Keyboard demos to force devices to use the correct Boot Protocol
* - Added new "dfu" and "flip" programming targets to project makefiles
* - HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member typo corrected to HID_PARSE_Successful
* - Changed COLLECTION item strucutres in the HID descriptor parser to include the collection's Usage Page value
* - Serial driver now sets Tx line as output, enables pullup on Rx line
* - Fixed smaller USB AVRs raising multiple connection and disconnection events when NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is disabled
* - Added HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to give the host delay after a device is connected before it is enumerated
* - Fixed KeyboardHostWithParser demo linking against the wrong global variables
* - Completed doxygen documentation of remaining library bootloaders, demos and projects
* - Fixed incorrect bootloader start address in the TeensyHID bootloader
* - Added HWB button whole-disk ASCII dump functionality to MassStoreHost demo
* - Replaced printf_P(PSTR("%c"), {Variable}) calls with putchar(<Variable>) for speed and size savings
* - Serial driver now accepts baud rates over 16-bits in size, added double speed flag option
* - Fixed incorrect callback abort return value in Pipe.c
* - Added new flip-ee and dfu-ee makefile targets (courtesy of Opendous Inc.)
* - Removed reboot-on-disconnect code from the TeensyHID bootloader, caused problems on some systems
* - Fixed AudioOutput and AudioInput demos looping on the endpoint data, rather than processing a sample at a time and returning
* each time the task runs to allow for other tasks to execute
* - Added support for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01 board
* - Added AVRISP Programmer Project, courtesy of Opendous Inc.
* - Fixed CDC Host demo not searching through both CDC interfaces for endpoints
* - Fixed incorrect Product String descriptor length in the DFU class bootloader
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog081224 Version 081224
*
* - MyUSB name changed to LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
* - Fixed Mass Storage Host demo's MassStore_SendCommand() delay in the incorrect place
* - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not calling ReconfigureUSART() after a change in the line encoding
* - Fixed infinite loop in host mode Host-to-Device control transfers with data stages
* - HID report parser now supports devices with multiple reports in one interface via Report IDs
* - Fixed RZUSBSTICK board LED driver header incorrect macro definition order causing compile errors
* - Calling USB_Init() when the USB interface is already configured now forces a complete interface reset
* and re-enumeration - fixes MyUSB DFU bootloader not switching to app code correctly when soft reset used
* - Fixed "No newline at end of file" warning when stream callbacks are enabled
* - DFU bootloader now uses fixed signature bytes per device, rather than reading them out dynamically for size
* - Added new FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE and USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION switches to statically define certain values to
* reduce compiled binary size
* - Added new NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT switch to prevent the library from trying to determine bus connection
* state from the suspension and wake up events on the smaller USB AVRs
* - Added summary of all library compile time tokens to the documentation
* - Added overview of the LUFA scheduler to the documentation
* - Removed MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token, replaced with a mask for the USB_Init() Options parameter
* - CDC bootloader now uses the correct non-far or far versions of the pgm_* functions depending on if RAMPZ is defined
* - Doxygen documentation now contains documentation on all the projects, bootloaders and most demos included with the library
* - CDC bootloader now runs user application when USB disconnected rather than waiting for a hard reset
* - MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser now support multiple-report devices
* - RNDIS demo can now close connections correctly using the new TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION() macro - used in Webserver
* - Fixed the DFU bootloader, no longer freezes up when certain files are programmed into an AVR, made reading/writing faster
* - Fixed mouse/joystick up/down movements reversed - HID mouse X/Y coordinates use a left-handed coordinate system, not a normal
* right-handed system
* - Added stub code to the CDC and USBtoSerial demos showing how to read and set the RS-232 handshake lines - not currently used in
* the demos, but the example code and supporting defines are now in place
* - Interrupts are now disabled when processing a control request in device mode, to avoid exceeding the strict control request
* timing requirements.
* - All demos now use a central StatusUpdate() function rather than direct calls to the board LED functions, so that the demos can
* easily be altered to show different LED combinations (or do something else entirely) as the demo's status changes
* - Removed LED commands from the CDC bootloader, unused by most AVR910 programming software
* - Fixed RNDIS demo ICMP ping requests echoing back incorrect data
* - Added DHCP server code to RNDIS demo, allowing for hands-free autoconfiguration on any PC
* - Fixed DFU bootloader PID value for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR
* - Endpoint and Pipe configuration functions now return an error code indicating success or failure
* - USB Reset in device mode now resets and disables all device endpoints
* - Added intermediate states to the host mode state machine, reducing the USB task blocking time to no more than 1ms explicitly per
* invocation when in host mode
* - Added support for the ATMEGA32U6 microcontroller
* - Added STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time option, enabled in the bootloaders to minimize space usage
* - Removed redudant code from the USB device GetStatus() chapter 9 processing routine
* - Added new TeensyHID bootloader, compatible with the Teensy HID protocol (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/)
* - Versions are now numbered by release dates, rather than arbitrary major/minor revision numbers
* - USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled is now correctly set and cleared by SetFeature and ClearFeature requests from the host
* - Changed prototype of GetDescriptor, so that it now returns the descriptor size (or zero if the descriptor doesn't exist)
* rather than passing the size back to the caller through a parameter and returning a boolean
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog153 Version 1.5.3 - Released 2nd October, 2008
*
* - Fixed CDC bootloader using pgmspace macros for some descriptors inappropriately
* - Updated all Mouse and Keyboard device demos to include boot protocol support (now works in BIOS)
* - Renamed bootloader directories to remove spaces, which were causing build problems on several OSes
* - Removed serial number strings from all but the MassStore demo where it is required - users were not
* modifing the code to either ommit the descriptor or use a unique serial per device causing problems
* when multiple units of the same device were plugged in at the same time
* - AudioOutput and AudioInput demos now correctly silence endpoints when not enabled by the host
* - Added KeyboardMouse demo (Keyboard and Mouse functionality combined into a single demo)
* - Added DriverStubs directory to house board level driver templates, to make MyUSB compatible custom board
* driver creation easier
* - Extended MassStorage demo to support multiple LUNs, 2 by default
* - Fixed incorrect device address mask, preventing the device from enumerating with addresses larger than 63
* - Fixed incorrect data direction mask in the GetStatus standard request, preventing it from being handled
* - Fixed incorrect GetStatus standard request for endpoints, now returns the endpoint STALL status correctly
* - Added in new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and USB_CurrentlySelfPowered flags rather than using fixed values
* - Added DualCDC demo to demonstrate the use of Interface Association Descriptors
* - Added pipe NAK detection and clearing API
* - Added pipe status change (NAK, STALL, etc.) interrupt API
* - Fixed MassStorageHost demo so that it no longer freezes randomly when issuing several commands in a row
* - Host demos configuration descriptor routines now return a unique error code when the returned data does
* not have a valid configuration descriptor header
* - Added Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() and Pipe_WaitUntilReady() functions
* - Stream functions now have software timeouts, timeout period can be set by the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token
* - All demos now pass the USB.org automated Chapter 9 device compliance tests
* - All HID demos now pass the USB.org automated HID compliance tests
* - Polling interval of the interrupt endpoint in the CDC based demos changed to 0xFF to fix problems on Linux systems
* - Changed stream functions to accept a new callback function, with NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS used to disable all callbacks
* - Mass Storage demo dataflash management routines changed to use the endpoint stream functions
* - Added AVRStudio project files for each demo in addition to the existing Programmer's Notepad master project file
* - Re-added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
* are reflected in the hardware (change was previously lost)
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog152 Version 1.5.2 - Released 31st July, 2008
*
* - Fixed SwapEndian_32() function in Common.h so that it now works correctly (wrong parameter types)
* - Updated RNDIS demo - notification endpoint is no longer blocking so that it works with faulty Linux RNDIS
* implementations (where the notification endpoint is ignored in favour of polling the control endpoint)
* - Fixed incorrect Vendor Description string return size in RNDIS demo for the OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION OID token
* - Added very basic TCP/IP stack and HTTP/TELNET servers to RNDIS demo
* - Fixed DFU bootloader exit causing programming software to complain about failed writes
* - Fixed DFU bootloader EEPROM programming mode wiping first flash page
* - Fixed Clear/Set Feature device standard request processing code (fixing MassStorage demo in the process)
* - Added support for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR microcontroller
* - Library licence changed from LGPLv3 to MIT license
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog151 Version 1.5.1 - Released 31st July, 2008
*
* - Changed host demos to enable the host function task on the firing of the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event
* rather than the USB_DeviceAttached event
* - HID Usage Stack now forcefully cleared after an IN/OUT/FEATURE item has been completely processed to remove
* any referenced but not created usages
* - Changed USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts() and USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(),
* USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() to normal functions (from inline)
* - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not sending data, only receiving
* - Fixed main makefile to make all by default, fixed MagStripe directory case to prevent case-sensitive path problems
* - ConfigDescriptor functions made normal, instead of static inline
* - Pipe/Endpoint *_Ignore_* functions changed to *_Discard_*, old names still present as aliases
* - Fixed ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE define to be correct on limited USB controller AVRs
* - Changed endpoint and pipe size translation routines to use previous IF/ELSE IF cascade code, new algorithmic
* approach was buggy and caused problems
* - Bootloaders now compile with -fno-inline-small-functions option to reduce code size
* - Audio demos now use correct endpoint sizes for full and limited controller USB AVRs, double banking in all cases
* to be in line with the specification (isochronous endpoints MUST be double banked)
* - Added Interface Association descriptor to StdDescriptors.h, based on the relevant USB2.0 ECN
* - Fixed MIDI demo, corrected Audio Streaming descriptor to follow the MIDI-specific AS structure
* - Fixed HID class demo descriptors so that the HID interface's protocol is 0x00 (required for non-boot protocol HID
* devices) to prevent problems on hosts expecting the boot protocol functions to be supported
* - Added read/write control stream functions to Endpoint.h
* - Fixed AudioOut demo not setting port pins to inputs on USB disconnect properly
* - Added RNDISEthernet demo application
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog150 Version 1.5.0 - Released 10 June, 2008
*
* - Fixed MIDI demo, now correctly waits for the endpoint to be ready between multiple note messages
* - Added CDC Host demo application
* - Added KeyboardFullInt demo application
* - Endpoint and Pipe creation routines now mask endpoint/pipe size with the size mask, to remove transaction
* size bits not required for the routines (improves compatibility with devices)
* - Fixed AudioInput demo - now correctly sends sampled audio to the host PC
* - Fixed AudioOutput demo oncemore -- apparently Windows requires endpoint packets to be >=192 bytes
* - Shrunk round-robbin scheduler code slightly via the use of struct pointers rather than array indexes
* - Fixed off-by-one error when determining if the Usage Stack is full inside the HID Report parser
* - Renamed Magstripe.h to MagstripeHW.h and moved driver out of the library and into the MagStripe demo folder
* - Added preprocessor checks to enable C linkage on the library components when used with a C++ compiler
* - Added Still Image Host demo application
* - The USB device task now restores the previously selected endpoint, allowing control requests to be transparently
* handled via interrupts while other endpoints are serviced through polling
* - Fixed device signature being sent in reverse order in the CDC bootloader
* - Host demos now have a seperate ConfigDescriptor.c/.h file for configuration descriptor processing
* - HostWithParser demos now have a seperate HIDReport.c/.h file for HID report processing and dumping
* - Removed non-mandatory commands from MassStorage demo to save space, fixed SENSE ResponseCode value
* - CDC demos now send empty packets after sending a full one to prevent buffering issues on the host
* - Updated demo descriptors to use VID/PID values donated by Atmel
* - Added DoxyGen documentation to the source files
* - Fixed Serial_IsCharRecieved() definition, was previously reversed
* - Removed seperate USB_Descriptor_Language_t descriptor, USB_Descriptor_String_t is used instead
* - Removed unused Device Qualifier descriptor structure
* - Renamed the USB_CreateEndpoints event to the more appropriate USB_ConfigurationChanged
* - Fixed MassStorageHost demo reading in the block data in reverse
* - Removed outdated typedefs in StdRequestType.h, superceeded by the macro masks
* - Corrected OTG.h is now included when the AVR supports both Host and Device modes, for creating OTG products
* - USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event is now also fired when in device mode and the host has finished its enumeration
* - Interrupt driven demos now properly restore previously selected endpoint when ISR is complete
* - USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS is now overridable in the user project makefile to a custom fixed timeout value
* - Renamed USB_Host_SOFGeneration_* macros to more friendly USB_Host_SuspendBus(), USB_Host_ResumeBus()
* and USB_Host_IsBusSuspended()
* - Renamed *_*_Is* macros to *_Is* to make all flag checking macros consistant, Pipe_SetInterruptFreq() is now
* Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod() to use the correct terminology
* - UnicodeString member of USB_Descriptor_String_t struct changed to an ordinary int array type, so that the GCC
* Unicode strings (prefixed with an L before the opening quotation mark) can be used instead of explicit arrays
* of ASCII characters
* - Fixed Endpoint/Pipes being configured incorrectly if the maximum endpoint/pipe size for the selected USB AVR
* model was given as the bank size
* - HID device demos now use a true raw array for the HID report descriptor rather than a struct wrapped array
* - Added VERSION_BCD() macro, fixed reported HID and USB version numbers in demo descriptors
* - Cleaned up GetDescriptor device chapter 9 handler function
* - Added GET_REPORT class specific request to HID demos to make them complaint to the HID class
* - Cleaned up setting of USB_IsInitialized and USB_IsConnected values to only when needed
* - Removed Atomic.c and ISRMacro.h; the library was already only compatible with recent avr-lib-c for other reasons
* - All demos and library functions now use USB standardized names for the USB data (bRequest, wLength, etc.)
* - Added USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token to switch back to the non-standard descriptor element names
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog141 Version 1.4.1 - Released 5 May, 2008
*
* - Enhanced KeyboardWithParser demo, now prints out pressed alphanumeric characters like the standard demo
* - Fixed MassStorage demo, read/writes using non mode-10 commands now work correctly
* - Corrected version number in Version.h
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog140 Version 1.4.0 - Released 5 May, 2008
*
* - Added HID Report Parser API to the library
* - Added Mouse and Keyboard host demo applications, using the new HID report parser engine
* - Added MouseFullInt demo, which demonstrates a fully interrupt (including control requests) mouse device
* - Fixed incorrect length value in the audio control descriptor of the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos
* - Added MIDI device demo application to the library
* - Fixed problem preventing USB devices from being resumed from a suspended state
* - Added new CDC class bootloader to the library, based on the AVR109 bootloader protocol
* - Added header to each demo application indicating the mode, class, subclass, standards used and supported speed
* - Functions expecting endpoint/pipe numbers are no longer automatically masked against ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK or
* PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK - this should be manually added to code which requires it
* - Fixed DFU class bootloader - corrected frequency of flash page writes, greatly reducing programming time
* - Renamed AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() and AVR_HOST_GetNextDescriptor()
* to USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor()
* - Added new USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore() and USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() routines
* - Moved configuration descriptor routines to MyUSB/Drivers/USB/Class/, new accompanying ConfigDescriptors.c file
* - Added new configuration descriptor comparator API for more powerful descriptor parsing, updated host demos to use the
* new comparator API
* - Fixed MassStorageHost demo capacity printout, and changed data read/write mode from little-endian to the correct
* big-endian for SCSI devices
* - Fixed macro/function naming consistancy; USB_HOST is now USB_Host, USB_DEV is now USB_Device
* - Added better error reporting to host demos
* - Added 10 microsecond delay after addressing devices in host mode, to prevent control stalls
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog132 Version 1.3.2 - Released April 1st, 2008
*
* - Added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
* are reflected in the hardware
* - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos - Stream commands do not work for control endpoints, and the
* GetLineCoding request had an incorrect RequestType mask preventing it from being processed
* - Improved reliability of the USBtoSerial demo, adding a busy wait while the buffer is full
* - Device control endpoint size is now determined from the device's descriptors rather than being fixed
* - Seperated out SPI code into new SPI driver in AT90USBXXX driver directory
* - Bootloader now returns correct PID for the selected USB AVR model, not just the AT90USB128X PID
* - Added support for the RZUSBSTICK board
* - Bicolour driver removed in favour of generic LEDs driver
* - Added support for the ATMEGA32U4 AVR
* - Added MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time option to prevent the USB library from manipulating the PLL
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog131 Version 1.3.1 - Released March 19th 2008
*
* - Fixed USB to Serial demo - class value in the descriptors was incorrect
* - Control endpoint size changed from 64 bytes to 8 bytes to save on USB FIFO RAM and to allow low
* speed mode devices to enumerate properly
* - USB to Serial demo data endpoints changed to dual-banked 16 byte to allow the demo to work
* on USB AVRs with limited USB FIFO RAM
* - Changed demo endpoint numbers to use endpoints 3 and 4 for double banking, to allow limited
* USB device controller AVRs (AT90USB162, AT90USB82) to function correctly
* - Updated Audio Out demo to use timer 1 for AVRs lacking a timer 3 for the PWM output
* - Fixed incorrect USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED entry in the Mass Storage device demo makefile
* - Optimized Mass Storage demo for a little extra transfer speed
* - Added LED indicators to the Keyboard demo for Caps Lock, Num Lock and Scroll Lock
* - Added Endpoint_Read_Stream, Endpoint_Write_Stream, Pipe_Read_Stream and Pipe_Write_Stream functions
* (including Big and Little Endian variants)
* - Made Dataflash functions inline for speed, removed now empty Dataflash.c driver file
* - Added new SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro - thanks to Joerg Wunsch
* - Fixed Endpoint_ClearStall() to function correctly on full USB controller AVRs (AT90USBXXX6/7)
* - Endpoint_Setup_In_Clear() and Endpoint_Setup_Out_Clear() no longer set FIFOCON, in line with the
* directives in the datasheet
* - Fixed PLL prescaler defines for all AVR models and frequencies
* - Fixed ENDPOINT_INT_IN and ENDPOINT_INT_OUT definitions
* - Added interrupt driven keyboard and mouse device demos
* - Combined USB_Device_ClearFeature and USB_Device_SetFeature requests into a single routine for code
* size savings
* - Added missing Pipe_GetCurrentPipe() macro to Pipe.h
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog130 Version 1.3.0 - Released March 7th 2008
*
* - Unneccesary control endpoint config removed from device mode
* - Fixed device standard request interpreter accidentally processing some class-specific requests
* - Added USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS compile time options to instruct the library
* to use descriptors stored in RAM or EEPROM rather than flash memory
* - All demos now disable watchdog on startup, in case it has been enabled by fuses or the bootloader
* - USB_DEV_OPT_LOWSPEED option now works correctly
* - Added ability to set the USB options statically for a binary size reduction via the USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
* compile time define
* - USB_Init no longer takes a Mode parameter if compiled for a USB device with no host mode option, or
* if forced to a particular mode via the USB_HOST_ONLY or USB_DEVICE_ONLY compile time options
* - USB_Init no longer takes an Options parameter if options statically configured by USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
* - Endpoint_Ignore_* and Pipe_Ignore_* made smaller by making the dummy variable non-volatile so that the
* compiler can throw away the result more efficiently
* - Added in an optional GroupID value to each scheduler entry, so that groups of tasks can once again be
* controlled by the new Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode() routine
* - Added support for AT90USB162 and AT90USB82 AVR models
* - Added support for the STK525 and STK526 boards
* - Added support for custom board drivers to be supplied by selecting the board type as BOARD_USER, and
* placing board drivers in {Application Directory}/Board/
* - PLL is now stopped and USB clock is frozen when detatched from host in device mode, to save power
* - Joystick defines are now in synch with the schematics - orientation will be rotated for the USBKEY
* - Fixed USB_DEV_IsUSBSuspended() - now checks the correct register
* - Fixed data transfers to devices when in host mode
* - Renamed USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED to USB_DEV_OPT_FULLSPEED and USB_HOST_IsDeviceHighSpeed() to
* USB_HOST_IsDeviceFullSpeed() to be in line with the official USB speed names (to avoid confusion with
* the real high speed mode, which is unavailable on the USB AVRs)
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog120 Version 1.2.0 - Released February 4th, 2008
*
* - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event for host mode
* - Added new Scheduler_Init routine to preprepare the scheduler, so that tasks can be started and
* stopped before the scheduler has been started (via Scheduler_Start)
* - Connection events in both Device and Host mode are now interrupt-driven, allowing the USB management
* task to be stopped when the USB is not connected to a host or device
* - All demos updated to stop the USB task when not in use via the appropriate USB events
* - Mass Storage Host demo application updated to function correctly with all USB flash disks
* - Mass Storage Host demo application now prints out the capacity and number of LUNs in the attached
* device, and prints the first block as hexadecimal numbers rather than ASCII characters
* - Endpoint and Pipe clearing routines now clear the Endpoint/Pipe interrupt and status flags
* - Shifted error handling code in the host enum state machine to a single block, to reduce code complexity
* - Added in DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, DESCRIPTOR_SIZE and DESCRIPTOR_CAST macros to make config descriptor processing
* clearer in USB hosts and DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS for convenience in USB devices
* - Added in alloca macro to common.h, in case the user is using an old version of avr-lib-c missing the macro
*
*
* \section Sec_ChangeLog130 Version 1.1.0 - Released January 25th 2008
*
* - Fixed DCONNI interrupt being enabled accidentally after a USB reset
* - Fixed DDISCI interrupt not being disabled when a device is not connected
* - Added workaround for powerless pullup devices causing false disconnect interrupts
* - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event for Host mode
* - AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor routine no longer modifies ConfigSizePtr if a valid buffer
* pointer is passed
* - Added ALLOCABLE_BYTES to DynAlloc, and added code to make the size of key storage variables
* dependant on size of memory parameters passed in via the user project's makefile
* - Fixed incorrect device reset routine being called in USBTask
* - Devices which do not connect within the standard 300mS are now supported
* - Removed incorrect ATTR_PURE from Scheduler_SetTaskMode(), which was preventing tasks from being
* started/stopped, as well as USB_InitTaskPointer(), which was breaking dual device/host USB projects
* - Changed scheduler to use the task name rather than IDs for setting the task mode, eliminating the
* need to have a task ID list
* - ID transistion interrupt now raises the appropriate device/host disconnect event if device attached
* - Fixed double VBUS change (and VBUS -) event when detatching in device mode
* - Added ability to disable ANSI terminal codes by the defining of DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES in makefile
* - Removed return from ConfigurePipe and ConfigureEndpoint functions - use Pipe_IsConfigured() and
* Endpoint_IsConfigured() after calling the config functions to determine success
*/

72
LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains constants which can be passed to the compiler (via setting the macro BOARD) in the
* user project makefile using the -D option to configure the library board-specific drivers.
*
* \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
* functionality.
*/
#ifndef __BOARDTYPES_H__
#define __BOARDTYPES_H__
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(__COMMON_H__)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Selects the USBKEY specific board drivers, including Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
#define BOARD_USBKEY 0
/** Selects the STK525 specific board drivers, including Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
#define BOARD_STK525 1
/** Selects the STK526 specific board drivers, including Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
#define BOARD_STK526 2
/** Selects the RZUSBSTICK specific board drivers, including the driver for the boards LEDs. */
#define BOARD_RZUSBSTICK 3
/** Selects the ATAVRUSBRF01 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
#define BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01 4
/** Selects the user-defined board drivers, which should be placed in the user project's folder
* under a directory named /Board/. Each board driver should be named identically to the LUFA
* master board driver (i.e., driver in the LUFA/Drivers/Board director) so that the library
* can correctly identify it.
*/
#define BOARD_USER 5
#endif

77
LUFA/Common/ButtLoadTag.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains macros for the embedding of compile-time strings into the resultant project binary for
* identification purposes. It is designed to prefix "tags" with the magic string of "@(#)" so that the tags
* can easily be identified in the binary data.
*
* These tags are compatible with the ButtLoad project at http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/ButtLoad.php .
*/
#ifndef __BUTTLOADTAG_H__
#define __BUTTLOADTAG_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Creates a new tag in the resultant binary, containing the specified data array. The macro id
* parameter is only for identification purposes (so that the tag data can be referenced in code)
* and is not visible in the compiled binary.
*/
#define BUTTLOADTAG(id, data) const struct ButtLoadTagData BUTTTAG_##id \
PROGMEM __attribute__((used, externally_visible)) = \
{MagicString: BT_TAGHEADER, TagData: data}
/** Macro for retrieving a reference to the specified tag's contents. The tag data is located in
* the program memory (FLASH) space, and so must be read out with the macros in avr-libc which
* deal with embedded data.
*/
#define BUTTLOADTAG_DATA(id) BUTTTAG_##id.TagData
/* Structures: */
/** Structure for ButtLoad compatible binary tags. */
struct ButtLoadTagData
{
char MagicString[4]; /**< Magic tag header, containing the string "@(#)". */
char TagData[]; /**< Tag contents as a char array. */
};
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define BT_TAGHEADER {'@','(','#',')'}
#endif
#endif

171
LUFA/Common/Common.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains macros which are common to all library elements, and which may be useful in user code. It
* also includes other common headees, such as Atomic.h, FunctionAttributes.h and BoardTypes.h.
*/
#ifndef __COMMON_H__
#define __COMMON_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <avr/version.h>
#include "FunctionAttributes.h"
#include "BoardTypes.h"
#include <alloca.h>
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Macro for encasing other multi-statment macros. This should be used along with an opening brace
* before the start of any multi-statement macro, so that the macros contents as a whole are treated
* as a discreete block and not as a list of seperate statements which may cause problems when used as
* a block (such as inline IF statments).
*/
#define MACROS do
/** Macro for encasing other multi-statment macros. This should be used along with a preceeding closing
* brace at the end of any multi-statement macro, so that the macros contents as a whole are treated
* as a discreete block and not as a list of seperate statements which may cause problems when used as
* a block (such as inline IF statments).
*/
#define MACROE while (0)
/** Defines a volatile NOP statment which cannot be optimized out by the compiler, and thus can always
* be set as a breakpoint in the resulting code. Useful for debugging purposes, where the optimizer
* removes/reorders code to the point where break points cannot reliably be set.
*/
#define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() asm volatile ("NOP" ::)
/** Defines an explicit JTAG break point in the resulting binary via the ASM BREAK statment. When
* a JTAG is used, this causes the program execution to halt when reached until manually resumed. */
#define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() asm volatile ("BREAK" ::)
/** Macro for testing condition "x" and breaking via JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() if the condition is false. */
#define JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT(x) MACROS{ if (!(x)) { JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK(); } }MACROE
/** Macro for testing condition "x" and writing debug data to the serial stream if false. As a
* prerequisite for this macro, the serial stream should be configured via the Serial_Stream driver.
*
* The serial output takes the form "{FILENAME}: Function {FUNCTION NAME}, Line {LINE NUMBER}: Assertion
* {x} failed."
*/
#define SERIAL_STREAM_ASSERT(x) MACROS{ if (!(x)) { printf_P(PSTR("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: " \
"Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n"), \
__FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #x); \
} }MACROE
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Function for reliably setting the AVR's system clock prescaler, using inline assembly. This function
* is guaranteed to operate reliably regardless of optimization setting or other compile time options.
*
* \param PrescalerMask The mask of the new prescaler setting for CLKPR
*/
static inline void SetSystemClockPrescaler(uint8_t PrescalerMask)
{
uint8_t tmp = (1 << CLKPCE);
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t"
"cli" "\n\t"
"sts %1, %0" "\n\t"
"sts %1, %2" "\n\t"
"out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__"
: /* no outputs */
: "d" (tmp),
"M" (_SFR_MEM_ADDR(CLKPR)),
"d" (PrescalerMask)
: "r0");
}
/** Function to reverse the individual bits in a byte - i.e. bit 7 is moved to bit 0, bit 6 to bit 1,
* etc.
*
* \param Byte Byte of data whose bits are to be reversed
*/
static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte)
{
Byte = (((Byte & 0xF0) >> 4) | ((Byte & 0x0F) << 4));
Byte = (((Byte & 0xCC) >> 2) | ((Byte & 0x33) << 2));
Byte = (((Byte & 0xAA) >> 1) | ((Byte & 0x55) << 1));
return Byte;
}
/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 16 bit number.
*
* \param Word Word of data whose bytes are to be swapped
*/
static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(uint16_t Word) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(uint16_t Word)
{
return ((Word >> 8) | (Word << 8));
}
/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 32 bit number.
*
* \param DWord Double word of data whose bytes are to be swapped
*/
static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(uint32_t DWord) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(uint32_t DWord)
{
return (((DWord & 0xFF000000) >> 24) |
((DWord & 0x00FF0000) >> 8) |
((DWord & 0x0000FF00) << 8) |
((DWord & 0x000000FF) << 24));
}
/** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a n byte number.
*
* \param Data Pointer to a number containing an even number of bytes to be reversed
* \param Bytes Length of the data in bytes
*/
static inline void SwapEndian_n(uint8_t* Data, uint8_t Bytes);
static inline void SwapEndian_n(uint8_t* Data, uint8_t Bytes)
{
uint8_t Temp;
while (Bytes)
{
Temp = *Data;
*Data = *(Data + Bytes - 1);
*(Data + Bytes) = Temp;
Data++;
Bytes -= 2;
}
}
#endif

110
LUFA/Common/FunctionAttributes.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains macros for applying GCC specific attributes to functions to control various optimizer
* and code generation features of the compiler. Attributes may be placed in the function prototype in any
* order, and multiple attributes can be specified for a single function via a space seperated list.
*
* \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
* functionality.
*/
#ifndef __FUNCATTR_H__
#define __FUNCATTR_H__
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(__COMMON_H__)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Indicates to the compiler that the function can not ever return, so that any stack restoring or
* return code may be ommited by the compiler in the resulting binary.
*/
#define ATTR_NO_RETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
/** Places the function in one of the initilization sections, which execute before the main function
* of the application. The init function number can be specified as "x", as an integer. Refer to the
* avr-libc manual for more information on the initialization sections.
*/
#define ATTR_INIT_SECTION(x) __attribute__ ((naked, section (".init" #x )))
/** Indicates that the function returns a value which should not be ignored by the user code. When
* applied, any ignored return value from calling the function will produce a compiler warning.
*/
#define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
/** Indicates that the specified parameters of the function are pointers which should never be NULL.
* When applied as a 1-based comma seperated list the compiler will emmit a warning if the specified
* parameters are known at compiler time to be NULL at the point of calling the function.
*/
#define ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(...) __attribute__ ((nonnull (__VA_ARGS__)))
/** Removes any preample or postample from the function. When used, the function will not have any
* register or stack saving code. This should be used with caution, and when used the programmer
* is responsible for maintaining stack and register integrity.
*/
#define ATTR_NAKED __attribute__ ((naked))
/** Prevents the compiler from considering a specified function for inlining. When applied, the given
* function will not be inlined under any circumstances.
*/
#define ATTR_NOINLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
/** Forces the compiler to inline the specified function. When applied, the given function will be
* inlined under all circumstances.
*/
#define ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE __attribute__ ((always_inline))
/** Indicates that the specified function is pure, in that it has no side-effects other than global
* or parameter variable access.
*/
#define ATTR_PURE __attribute__ ((pure))
/** Indicates that the specified function is constant, in that it has no side effects other than
* parameter access.
*/
#define ATTR_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
/** Marks a given function as deprecated, which produces a warning if the function is called. */
#define ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
/** Marks a function as a weak reference, which can be overridden by other functions with an
* identical name (in which case the weak reference is discarded at link time).
*/
#define ATTR_WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
/** Marks a function as an alias for another function of name "x". */
#define ATTR_ALIAS(x) __attribute__ ((alias( #x )))
#endif

167
LUFA/CompileTimeTokens.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \page TokenSummary Summary of Compile Tokens
*
* The following lists all the possible tokens which can be defined in a project makefile, and passed to the
* compiler via the -D switch, to alter the LUFA library code. These tokens may alter the library behaviour,
* or remove features unused by a given application in order to save flash space.
*
* \section Sec_SummaryNonUSBTokens Non USB Related Tokens
* This section describes compile tokens which affect non-USB sections of the LUFA library.
*
* <b>DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES</b> - TerminalCodes.h \n
* If an application contains ANSI terminal control codes listed in TerminalCodes.h, it might be desired to remove them
* at compile time for use with a terminal which is non-ANSI control code aware, without modifying the source code. If
* this token is defined, all ANSI control codes in the application code from the TerminalCodes.h header are removed from
* the source code at compile time.
*
* <b>NUM_BLOCKS</b> - DynAlloc.h \n
* Sets the number of allocable blocks in the psudo-heap of the dynamic memory allocation driver. This should be
* defined as a constant larger than zero.
*
* <b>BLOCK_SIZE</b> - DynAlloc.h \n
* Sets the size of each allocable block in the psudo-heap of the dynamic memory allocation driver. This should be
* defined as a constant larger than zero.
*
* <b>NUM_HANDLES</b> - DynAlloc.h \n
* Sets the maximum number of managed memory handles which can be handed out by the dynamic memory allocation driver
* simultaneously, before a handle (and its associated allocated memory) must be freed.
*
* \section Sec_SummaryUSBClassTokens USB Class Driver Related Tokens
* This section describes compile tokens which affect USB class-specific drivers in the LUFA library.
*
* <b>HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING</b> - HIDParser.h \n
* Define this token to enable the processing of FEATURE HID report items, if any, into the processed HID structure.
* By default FEATURE items (which are device features settable by the host but not directly visible by the user) are
* skipped when processing a device HID report.
*
* <b>HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS</b> - HIDParser.h \n
* By default, constant data items (usually used as spacers to align seperate report items to a byte or word boundary)
* in the HID report are skipped during report processing. It is highly unusual for an application to make any use of
* constant data items (as they do not carry any useful data and only occupy limited RAM) however if required defining
* this switch will put constant data items into the processed HID report structure.
*
* <b>HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH</b> - HIDParser.h \n
* HID reports may contain PUSH and POP elements, to store and retrieve the current HID state table onto a stack. This
* allows for reports to save the state table before modifying it slightly for a data item, and then restore the previous
* state table in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero value to give the maximum depth of the state
* table stack. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
*
* <b>HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH</b> - HIDParser.h \n
* HID reports generally contain many USAGE elements, which are assigned to INPUT, OUTPUT and FEATURE items in succession
* when multiple items are defined at once (via REPORT COUNT elements). This allows for several items to be defined with
* different usages in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero value to set the maximum depth of the
* usage stack, indicating the maximum number of USAGE items which can be stored tempoarily until the next INPUT, OUTPUT
* and FEATURE item. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
*
* <b>HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS</b> - HIDParser.h \n
* HID reports generally contain several COLLECTION elements, used to group related data items together. Collection information
* is stored seperately in the processed usage structure (and referred to by the data elements in the structure) to save space.
* This token may be defined to a non-zero value to set the maximum number of COLLECTION items which can be processed by the
* parser into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file
* documentation.
*
* <b>HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS</b> - HIDParser.h \n
* All HID reports contain one or more INPUT, OUTPUT and/or FEATURE items describing the data which can be sent to and from the HID
* device. Each item has associated usages, bit offsets in the item reports and other associated data indicating the manner in which
* the report data should be interpreted by the host. This token may be defined to a non-zero value to set the maximum number of
* data elements which can be stored in the processed HID report strucuture, including INPUT, OUTPUT and (if enabled) FEATURE items.
* If a item has a multiple count (i.e. a REPORT COUNT of more than 1), each item in the report count is placed seperately in the
* processed HID report table. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
*
* \section Sec_SummaryUSBTokens USB Driver Related Tokens
* This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack as a whole in the LUFA library.
*
* <b>USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - StdDescriptors.h \n
* Define this token to indicate to the USB driver that device descriptors are stored in RAM, rather than the default of
* the AVR's flash. RAM descriptors may be desirable in applications where speed or minimizing flash usage is more important
* than RAM usage, or applications where the descriptors need to be modified at runtime.
*
* <b>USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - StdDescriptors.h \n
* Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but descriptors are stored in the AVR's EEPROM memory rather than RAM.
*
* <b>USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES</b> - StdDescriptors.h \n
* The USB 2.0 standard gives some rather obscure names for the elements in the standard descriptor types (device, configuration,
* string, endpoint, etc.). By default the LUFA library uses these names in its predefined descriptor structure types for
* compatibility. If this token is defined, the structure element names are switched to the LUFA-specific but more descriptive
* names documented in the StdDescriptors.h source file.
*
* <b>FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE</b> - Endpoint.h \n
* By default, the library determines the size of the control endpoint (when in device mode) by reading the device descriptor.
* Normally this reduces the amount of configuration required for the library, allows the value to change dynamically (if
* descriptors are stored in EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this token can be
* defined to a non-zero value instead to give the size in bytes of the control endpoint, to reduce the size of the compiled
* binary at the expense of flexibility.
*
* <b>STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION</b> - Endpoint.h \n
* By default, the endpoint configuration routine is designed to accept dynamic inputs, so that the endpoints can be configured
* using variable values known only at runtime. This allows for a great deal of flexibility, however uses a small amount of binary
* space which may be wasted if all endpoint configurations are static and known at compile time. Define this token via the -D switch
* to optimize the endpoint configuration routine for constant inputs, to reduce the size of the compiled binary at the expense of
* flexibility. Note that with this option dynamic values may still be used, but will result in many times more code to be generated than
* if the option was disabled. This is designed to be used only if the FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE option is also used.
*
* <b>USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION</b> - DevChapter9.h \n
* By default, the library determines the number of configurations a USB device supports by reading the device descriptor. This reduces
* the amount of configuration required to set up the library, and allows the value to change dynamically (if descriptors are stored in
* EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, many USB device projects use only a single configuration.
* Defining this token enables single-configuration mode, reducing the compiled size of the binary at the expense of flexibility.
*
* <b>NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST</b> - DevChapter9.h \n
* In some limited USB device applications, the Get Feature and Set Feature requests are not used - this is when the device does not have
* device level features (such as remote wakeup) nor any data endpoints beyond the mandatory control endpoint. In such limited situations,
* this token may be defined to remove the handling of the Get Feature and Set Feature Chapter 9 requests to save space. Generally, this
* is usually only useful in (some) bootloaders.
*
* <b>NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS</b> - Endpoint.h, Pipe.h \n
* Both the endpoint and the pipe driver code contains stream functions, allowing for arrays of data to be sent to or from the
* host easily via a single function call (rather than complex routines worrying about sending full packets, waiting for the endpoint/
* pipe to become ready, etc.). By default, these stream functions require a callback function which is executed after each byte processed,
* allowing for early-aborts of stream transfers by the application. If callbacks are not required in an application, they can be removed
* by defining this token, reducing the compiled binary size. When removed, the stream functions no longer accept a callback function as
* a parameter.
*
* <b>USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS</b> - Host.h \n
* When a control transfer is initiated in host mode to an attached device, a timeout is used to abort the transfer if the attached
* device fails to respond within the timeout period. This token may be defined to a non-zero value to set the timeout period for
* control transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
*
* <b>HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS</b> - Host.h \n
* Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds after they are connected to VBUS before the enumeration process can be started, or
* they will fail to enumerate correctly. By placing a delay before the enumeration process, it can be ensured that the bus has settled
* back to a known idle state before communications occur with the device. This token may be defined to a non-zero value to set the
* device settle period, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
*
* <b>USE_STATIC_OPTIONS</b> - LowLevel.h \n
* By default, the USB_Init() function accepts dynamic options at runtime to alter the library behaviour, including whether the USB pad
* voltage regulator is enabled, and the device speed when in device mode. By defining this token to a mask comprised of the USB options
* mask defines usually passed as the Options parameter to USB_Init(), the resulting compiled binary can be decreased in size by removing
* the dynamic options code, and replacing it with the statically set options. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts an
* Options parameter.
*
* <b>USB_DEVICE_ONLY</b> - LowLevel.h \n
* For the USB AVR models supporting both device and host USB modes, the USB_Init() function contains a Mode parameter which specifies the
* mode the library should be initialized to. If only device mode is required, the code for USB host mode can be removed from the binary to
* save space. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts a Mode parameter. This define is irrelevent on smaller USB AVRs which
* do not support host mode.
*
* <b>USB_HOST_ONLY</b> - LowLevel.h \n
* Same as USB_DEVICE_ONLY, except the library is fixed to USB host mode rather than USB device mode. Not available on some USB AVR models.
*
* <b>USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS</b> - LowLevel.h \n
* When endpoint and/or pipe stream functions are used, by default there is a timeout between each transfer which the connected device or host
* must satisfy, or the stream function aborts the remaining data transfer. This token may be defined to a non-zero value to set the timeout
* period for stream transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in LowLevel.h is used instead.
*
* <b>NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT</b> - Events.h \n
* On the smaller USB AVRs, the USB controller lacks VBUS events to determine the physical connection state of the USB bus to a host. In lieu of
* VBUS events, the library attempts to determine the connection state via the bus suspension and wake up events instead. This however may be
* slightly inaccurate due to the possibility of the host suspending the bus while the device is still connected. If accurate connection status is
* required, the VBUS line of the USB connector should be routed to an AVR pin to detect its level, so that the USB_IsConnected global
* can be accurately set and the USB_Connect and USB_Disconnect events manually raised by the RAISE_EVENT macro. When defined, this token disables
* the library's auto-detection of the connection state by the aformentioned suspension and wake up events.
*/

119
LUFA/DirectorySummaries.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \dir Common
* \brief Common library header files.
*
* This folder contains header files which are common to all parts of the LUFA library. They may be used freely in
* user applications.
*
* \dir MemoryAllocator
* \brief Auto-defragmenting dynamic memory allocation library.
*
* This folder contains a simple handle-based dynamic memory allocation library, capable of handing out memory in
* block chunks. As new memory is allocated, the library will defragment the already allocated memory to ensure
* optimal memory usage. It is not used within the LUFA library, and is provided as a convenience for user applications.
*
* \dir Scheduler
* \brief Simple round-robbin scheduler.
*
* This folder contains the simple LUFA round-robbin scheduler, provided as a convenience for user applications. It
* is very simple in design, and is intended to make code easier to read, rather than providing a complete RTOS kernel.
*
* \dir Drivers
* \brief Library hardware and software drivers.
*
* This folder contains all the library hardware and software drivers for each supported board and USB AVR
* microcontroller model.
*
* \dir Drivers/Misc
* \brief Miscellaneous driver files.
*
* This folder contains drivers for aspects other than the USB interface, board hardware or AVR peripherals.
*
* \dir Drivers/AT90USBXXX
* \brief USB AVR peripheral driver files.
*
* This folder contains drivers for several of the AVR internal peripherals such as the USART, compatible with
* all USB AVR models.
*
* \dir Drivers/AT90USBXXX/AT90USBXXX67
* \brief AT90USBXXX6, AT90USBXXX7 and ATMEGAXXU4 AVR model peripheral driver files. Its original name is due to legacy
* reasons.
*
* This folder contains drivers for several of the AVR internal peripherals such as the USART, compatible only with
* the AT90USBXXX6, AT90USBXXX7 and ATMEGAXXU4 USB AVR models, such as the AT90USB1287. Its contents should <b>not</b> be
* included by the user application - the dispatch header file located in the parent AT90USBXXX directory should be used
* instead.
*
* \dir Drivers/USB
* \brief USB controller peripheral driver files.
*
* This folder contains the main header files required to implement the USB interface in the USB supporting AVR models.
* The header files contained directly in this folder should be included in the user application in order to gain USB
* functionality, and the appropriate C source files in the LowLevel and HighLevel driver folders added to the compile
* and link stages.
*
* \dir Drivers/USB/LowLevel
* \brief Low level USB driver files.
*
* This folder contains low level USB driver source files required to implement USB functionality on the USB AVR microcontrollers.
*
* \dir Drivers/USB/HighLevel
* \brief High level USB driver files.
*
* This folder contains high level USB driver source files required to implement USB functionality on the USB AVR microcontrollers.
*
* \dir Drivers/USB/Class
* \brief USB Class helper driver files.
*
* This folder contains drivers for implementing functionality of standardized USB classes. These are not used directly by the library,
* but provide a standard and library-maintained way of implementing functionality from some of the defined USB classes without extensive
* development effort. Is is recommended that these drivers be used where possible to reduce maintenance of user applications.
*
* \dir Drivers/Board
* \brief Board hardware driver files.
*
* This folder contains drivers for interfacing with the physical hardware on supported commercial boards, primarily from
* the Atmel corporation. Header files in this folder should be included in user applications requring the functionality of
* hardware placed on supported boards.
*
* \dir Drivers/Board/USBKEY
* \brief USBKEY board hardware driver files.
*
* This folder contains drivers for hardware on the Atmel USBKEY demonstration board. The header files in this folder should
* not be included directly in user applications; the similarly named dispatch header files located in the parent Board directory
* should be included instead.
*
* \dir Drivers/Board/STK526
* \brief STK526 board hardware driver files.
*
* This folder contains drivers for hardware on the Atmel STK526 development board. The header files in this folder should
* not be included directly in user applications; the similarly named dispatch header files located in the parent Board directory
* should be included instead.
*
* \dir Drivers/Board/STK525
* \brief STK525 board hardware driver files.
*
* This folder contains drivers for hardware on the Atmel STK525 development board. The header files in this folder should
* not be included directly in user applications; the similarly named dispatch header files located in the parent Board directory
* should be included instead.
*
* \dir Drivers/Board/RZUSBSTICK
* \brief RZUSBSTICK board hardware driver files.
*
* This folder contains drivers for hardware on the Atmel RZUSBSTICK board, as used in the Atmel "Raven" wireless kits. The header
* files in this folder should not be included directly in user applications; the similarly named dispatch header files located in
* the parent Board directory should be included instead.
*
* \dir DriverStubs
* \brief Driver stub header files for custom boards, to allow the LUFA board drivers to operate.
*
* This contains stub files for the LUFA board drivers. If the LUFA board drivers are used with board hardare other than those
* directly supported by the library, the BOARD parameter of the application's makefile can be set to "USER", and these stub files
* copied to the "/Board/" directory of the application's folder. When fleshed out with working driver code for the custom board,
* the corresponding LUFA board APIs will work correctly with the non-standard board hardware.
*/

1485
LUFA/Doxygen.conf
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,1485 @@
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
#
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
# The format is:
# TAG = value [value, ...]
# For lists items can also be appended using:
# TAG += value [value, ...]
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library"
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
# if some version control system is used.
PROJECT_NUMBER = 000000
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
# Set to NO to disable this.
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
# description.
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
# path to strip.
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
SHORT_NAMES = YES
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
# re-implements.
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
TAB_SIZE = 4
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
ALIASES =
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
# scopes will look different, etc.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
# Fortran.
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
# VHDL.
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
# enable parsing support.
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
# the \nosubgrouping command.
SUBGROUPING = YES
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
# causing a significant performance penality.
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
# will be included in the documentation.
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
# the interface are included in the documentation.
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
# documentation.
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
# function's detailed documentation block.
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
# of that file.
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
INLINE_INFO = YES
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
# declaration order.
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
# not including the namespace part.
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
# alphabetical list.
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
# commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_FILES = YES
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
# of the layout file.
LAYOUT_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
QUIET = YES
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
# NO is used.
WARNINGS = YES
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
# automatically be disabled.
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
# documentation.
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
# to stderr.
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
# with spaces.
INPUT = ./
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
# the list of possible encodings.
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank the following patterns are tested:
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
*.c \
*.txt
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
# If left blank NO is used.
RECURSIVE = YES
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
EXCLUDE =
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
# from the input.
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
# for example use the pattern */test/*
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
# the \include command).
EXAMPLE_PATH =
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
# blank all files are included.
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
# the \image command).
IMAGE_PATH =
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
# ignored.
INPUT_FILTER =
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
# is applied to all files.
FILTER_PATTERNS =
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented
# functions referencing it will be listed.
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
# then for each documented function all documented entities
# called/used by that function will be listed.
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
USE_HTAGS = NO
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate HTML output.
GENERATE_HTML = YES
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
HTML_OUTPUT = html
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header.
HTML_HEADER =
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard footer.
HTML_FOOTER =
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
HTML_STYLESHEET =
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
# NO a bullet list will be used.
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
# it at startup.
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
# can be grouped.
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
# will append .docset to the name.
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
# of the generated HTML documentation.
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
# written to the html output directory.
CHM_FILE =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
HHC_LOCATION =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
GENERATE_CHI = NO
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
# content.
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
BINARY_TOC = NO
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
TOC_EXPAND = YES
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
# HTML documentation.
GENERATE_QHP = NO
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
QCH_FILE =
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
# .qhp file .
QHG_LOCATION =
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
# the value YES disables it.
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
# respectively.
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
# is shown.
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
# to force them to be regenerated.
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate Latex output.
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
# default command name.
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
LATEX_HEADER =
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
# higher quality PDF documentation.
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
# in the output.
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
# other RTF readers or editors.
GENERATE_RTF = NO
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
# save some trees in general.
COMPACT_RTF = NO
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
# programs which support those fields.
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate man pages
GENERATE_MAN = NO
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
MAN_OUTPUT = man
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation.
GENERATE_XML = NO
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
XML_OUTPUT = xml
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_SCHEMA =
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
# syntax of the XML files.
XML_DTD =
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
# that captures the structure of the code including all
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
# and incomplete at the moment.
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
# moment.
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
# files.
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
# the preprocessor.
INCLUDE_PATH =
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
# be used.
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
# instead of the = operator.
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
# the parser if not removed.
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
# this location is as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
TAGFILES =
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
# will be listed.
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
# be listed.
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
# powerful graphs.
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
# default search path.
MSCGEN_PATH =
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
# or is not a class.
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
HAVE_DOT = NO
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
# containing the font.
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
# The default size is 10pt.
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
# can find it using this tag.
DOT_FONTPATH =
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
# Language.
UML_LOOK = NO
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
# relations between templates and their instances.
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
# other documented files.
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
# indirectly include this file.
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
CALL_GRAPH = NO
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
# relations between the files in the directories.
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
# If left blank png will be used.
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
# \dotfile command).
DOTFILE_DIRS =
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
# the various graphs.
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
SEARCHENGINE = NO

81
LUFA/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/*
This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
inside the application's folder.
This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
driver.
*/
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
/* Includes: */
// TODO: Add any required includes here
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK // TODO: Replace this with a mask of all the /CS pins of all dataflashes
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR // TODO: Replace with the DDR register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT // TODO: Replace with the PORT register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS // TODO: Replace with the number of dataflashes on the board, max 2
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 // TODO: Replace with mask to select the first Dataflash chip
/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 // TODO: Replace with mask to select the second Dataflash chip, if available
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE // TODO: Replace with the page size for the Dataflash ICs
/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES // TODO: Replace with the total number of pages inside one of the Dataflash ICs
#endif

84
LUFA/DriverStubs/HWB.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/*
This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
inside the application's folder.
This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA HWB (Hardware
Button, a physical button on most Atmel USB boards) driver. This could
alternately be driven from any button connected to the USB AVR.
*/
#ifndef __HWB_USER_H__
#define __HWB_USER_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
// TODO: Add any required includes here
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HWB_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void HWB_Init(void)
{
// TODO: Initialize the appropriate port pin as an input here, with pullup
}
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void)
{
// TODO: Return current button status here, debounced if required
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

99
LUFA/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/*
This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
inside the application's folder.
This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
driver, a small surface mount four-way (plus button) digital joystick
on most USB AVR boards.
*/
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
// TODO: Add any required includes here
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
#define JOY_LEFT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick left position here
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
#define JOY_RIGHT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick right position here
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
#define JOY_UP // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick up position here
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
#define JOY_DOWN // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick down position here
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
#define JOY_PRESS // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick pressed position here
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
{
// TODO: Initialize joystick port pins as inputs with pullups
};
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
{
// TODO: Return current joystick position data which can be obtained by masking against the JOY_* macros
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

121
LUFA/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/*
This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
inside the application's folder.
This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most USB AVR boards.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
#define __LEDS_USER_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
// TODO: Add any required includes here
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED1 // TODO: Add mask for first board LED here
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED2 // TODO: Add mask for second board LED here
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED3 // TODO: Add mask for third board LED here
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED4 // TODO: Add mask for fourth board LED here
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
{
// TODO: Add code to initialize LED port pins as outputs here
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
// TODO: Add code to turn on LEDs given in the LedMask mask here, leave others as-is
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
// TODO: Add code to turn off LEDs given in the LedMask mask here, leave others as-is
}
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
// TODO: Add code to turn on only LEDs given in the LedMask mask here, all others off
}
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
{
// TODO: Add code to set the Leds in the given LedMask to the status given in ActiveMask here
}
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
{
// TODO: Add code to return the current LEDs status' here which can be masked against LED_LED* macros
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

58
LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/ADC.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific ADC driver, for AVRs containing an ADC.
*
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
* currently selected AVR model.
*/
#ifndef __ADC_H__
#define __ADC_H__
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H
#define INCLUDE_FROM_CHIP_DRIVER
#endif
/* Includes: */
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || \
defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
#include "AT90USBXXX67/ADC.h"
#else
#error "ADC is not available for the currently selected AVR model."
#endif
#endif

177
LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/AT90USBXXX67/ADC.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* ADC driver for the AT90USB1287, AT90USB1286, AT90USB647, AT90USB646, ATMEGA16U4 and ATMEGA32U4 AVRs.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/ADC.h.
*/
#ifndef __ADC_AT90USBXXX67_H__
#define __ADC_AT90USBXXX67_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/ADC.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Initializes the ADC, ready for conversions. This must be called before any other ADC operations.
* The "mode" parameter should be a mask comprised of a conversion mode (free running or single) and
* prescaler masks.
*/
#define ADC_Init(mode) MACROS{ ADCSRA = ((1 << ADEN) | mode); }MACROE
/** Turns off the ADC. If this is called, any further ADC operations will require a call to the
* ADC_Init() macro before the ADC can be used again.
*/
#define ADC_Off() MACROS{ ADCSRA = 0; }MACROE
/** Indicates if the ADC is enabled. This macro will return boolean true if the ADC subsystem is
* currently enabled, or false otherwise.
*/
#define ADC_GetStatus() ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADEN)) ? true : false)
/** Indicates if the current ADC conversion is completed, or still in progress. This returns boolean
* false if the reading is still taking place, or true if the conversion is complete and ready to be
* read out with ADC_GetResult().
*/
#define ADC_IsReadingComplete() (!(ADCSRA & (1 << ADSC)))
/** Returns the result of the last conversion, as a 16-bit wide integer. */
#define ADC_GetResult() ADC
/** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AREF pin for the ADC reference. */
#define ADC_REFERENCE_AREF 0
/** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AVCC pin for the ADC reference. */
#define ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC (1 << REFS0)
/** Reference mask, for using the internally generated 2.56V reference voltage as the ADC reference. */
#define ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV ((1 << REFS1)| (1 << REFS0))
/** Left-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the upper 8 bits of the value returned by the
* ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 most significant bits of the result. */
#define ADC_LEFT_ADJUSTED (1 << ADLAR)
/** Right-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the lower 8 bits of the value returned by the
* ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 least significant bits of the result. */
#define ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED (0 << ADLAR)
/** Sets the ADC mode to free running, so that conversions take place continuously as fast as the ADC
* is capable of at the given input clock speed. */
#define ADC_FREE_RUNNING (1 << ADATE)
/** Sets the ADC mode to single conversion, so that only a single conversion will take place before
* the ADC returns to idle. */
#define ADC_SINGLE_CONVERSION (0 << ADATE)
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 2 the AVR's system clock. */
#define ADC_PRESCALE_2 (1 << ADPS0)
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 4 the AVR's system clock. */
#define ADC_PRESCALE_4 (1 << ADPS1)
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 8 the AVR's system clock. */
#define ADC_PRESCALE_8 ((1 << ADPS0) | (1 << ADPS1))
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 16 the AVR's system clock. */
#define ADC_PRESCALE_16 (1 << ADPS2)
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 32 the AVR's system clock. */
#define ADC_PRESCALE_32 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS0))
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 64 the AVR's system clock. */
#define ADC_PRESCALE_64 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1))
/** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 128 the AVR's system clock. */
#define ADC_PRESCALE_128 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1) | (1 << ADPS0))
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Configures the given ADC channel, ready for ADC conversions. This function sets the
* associated port pin as an input and disables the digital portion of the I/O to reduce
* power consumption.
*
* \param Channel ADC channel number to set up for conversions
*/
static inline void ADC_SetupChannel(const uint8_t Channel)
{
DDRD &= ~(1 << Channel);
DIDR0 |= (1 << Channel);
}
/** Starts the reading of the given channel, but does not wait until the conversion has completed.
* Once executed, the conversion status can be determined via the ADC_IsReadingComplete() macro and
* the result read via the ADC_GetResult() macro.
*
* \param MUXMask Mask comprising of an ADC channel number, reference mask and adjustment mask
*/
static inline void ADC_StartReading(const uint8_t MUXMask)
{
ADMUX = MUXMask;
ADCSRA |= (1 << ADSC);
}
/** Performs a complete single reading from channel, including a polling spinloop to wait for the
* conversion to complete, and the returning of the converted value.
*
* \param MUXMask Mask comprising of an ADC channel number, reference mask and adjustment mask
*/
static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint8_t MUXMask) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint8_t MUXMask)
{
ADC_StartReading(MUXMask);
while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete()));
return ADC_GetResult();
}
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

139
LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/SPI.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Hardware SPI subsystem driver for the supported USB AVRs models.
*/
#ifndef __SPI_H__
#define __SPI_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <stdbool.h>
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED (1 << 7)
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4 0
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR0))
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16 (1 << SPR0)
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1))
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1) | (1 < SPR0))
/** SPI prescaler mask for SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
#define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 ((1 << SPR1) | (1 < SPR0))
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
* SPI routines.
*
* \param PrescalerMask Prescaler mask to set the SPI clock speed
* \param Master If true, sets the SPI system to use master mode, slave if false
*/
static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t PrescalerMask, const bool Master)
{
DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
PORTB |= ((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
SPCR = ((1 << SPE) | (Master << MSTR) | (1 << CPOL) | (1 << CPHA) |
(PrescalerMask & ~SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED));
if (PrescalerMask & SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED)
SPSR = (1 << SPI2X);
}
/** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
*
* \param Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface
*
* \return Response byte from the attached SPI device
*/
static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE;
static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
SPDR = Byte;
while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
return SPDR;
}
/** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
* byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
*
* \param Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface
*/
static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE;
static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
SPDR = Byte;
while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
}
/** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
* byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
*
* \return The response byte from the attached SPI device
*/
static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void)
{
SPDR = 0x00;
while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
return SPDR;
}
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

65
LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/Serial.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "Serial.h"
void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate, const bool DoubleSpeed)
{
UCSR1A = ((DoubleSpeed) ? (1 << U2X1) : 0);
UCSR1B = ((1 << RXEN1) | (1 << TXEN1));
UCSR1C = ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
DDRD |= (1 << 3);
PORTD |= (1 << 2);
UBRR1 = SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
}
void Serial_TxString_P(const char *FlashStringPtr)
{
uint8_t CurrByte;
while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
{
Serial_TxByte(CurrByte);
FlashStringPtr++;
}
}
void Serial_TxString(const char *StringPtr)
{
uint8_t CurrByte;
while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
{
Serial_TxByte(CurrByte);
StringPtr++;
}
}

115
LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/Serial.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Driver for the USART subsystem on supported USB AVRs.
*/
#ifndef __SERIAL_H__
#define __SERIAL_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART - boolean false if no character
* has been received, or non-zero if a character is waiting to be read from the reception buffer.
*/
#define Serial_IsCharReceived() ((UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) ? true : false)
/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the U2X (double speed) bit is
* not set.
*/
#define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(baud) (((F_CPU / 16) / baud) - 1)
/** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the U2X (double speed) bit is
* set.
*/
#define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(baud) (((F_CPU / 8) / baud) - 1)
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception.
*
* \param BaudRate Baud rate to configure the USART to
* \param DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate
*/
void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate, const bool DoubleSpeed);
/** Transmits a given string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
*
* \param FlashStringPtr Pointer to a string located in program space
*/
void Serial_TxString_P(const char *FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Transmits a given string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
*
* \param StringPtr Pointer to a string located in SRAM space
*/
void Serial_TxString(const char *StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
*
* \param DataByte Byte to transmit through the USART
*/
static inline void Serial_TxByte(const char DataByte)
{
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
UDR1 = DataByte;
}
/** Receives a byte from the USART.
*
* \return Byte received from the USART
*/
static inline char Serial_RxByte(void)
{
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)));
return UDR1;
}
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

45
LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/Serial_Stream.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "Serial_Stream.h"
FILE USARTStream = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(SerialStream_TxByte, SerialStream_RxByte, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
int SerialStream_TxByte(char DataByte, FILE *Stream)
{
Serial_TxByte(DataByte);
return 0;
}
int SerialStream_RxByte(FILE *Stream)
{
return Serial_RxByte();
}

82
LUFA/Drivers/AT90USBXXX/Serial_Stream.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Serial stream driver for the USART subsystem on supported USB AVRs. This makes use of the functions in the
* regular USART driver, but allows the avr-libc standard stream functions (printf, puts, etc.) to work with the
* USART.
**/
#ifndef __SERIAL_STREAM_H__
#define __SERIAL_STREAM_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "Serial.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* External Variables: */
extern FILE USARTStream;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int SerialStream_TxByte(char DataByte, FILE *Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
int SerialStream_RxByte(FILE *Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Initializes the serial stream (and regular USART driver) so that both the stream and regular
* USART driver functions can be used. Must be called before any stream or regular USART functions.
*
* \param BaudRate Baud rate to configure the USART to
* \param DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate
*/
static inline void SerialStream_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate, const bool DoubleSpeed)
{
Serial_Init(BaudRate, DoubleSpeed);
stdout = &USARTStream;
}
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

79
LUFA/Drivers/Board/ATAVRUSBRF01/HWB.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific HWB driver header for the ATAVRUSBRF01.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the HWB driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h.
*/
#ifndef __HWB_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
#define __HWB_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HWB_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void HWB_Init(void)
{
DDRD &= ~(1 << 7);
PORTD |= (1 << 7);
}
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void)
{
return (!(PIND & (1 << 7)));
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

120
LUFA/Drivers/Board/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific LED driver header for the ATAVRUSBRF01.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
#define __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
#define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
{
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
{
PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS))
}
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
{
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

210
LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific dataflash driver, for boards containing
* dataflash ICs for external non-volatile storage.
*
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct dataflash driver header file for
* the currently selected board.
*
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
* directory.
*/
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_H__
#define __DATAFLASH_H__
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_DRIVER
#endif
/* Includes: */
#include "../AT90USBXXX/SPI.h"
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
#if !defined(BOARD)
#error BOARD must be set in makefile to a value specified in BoardTypes.h.
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
#include "USBKEY/Dataflash.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
#include "STK525/Dataflash.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
#include "STK526/Dataflash.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USER)
#include "Board/Dataflash.h"
#else
#error The selected board does not contain a dataflash IC.
#endif
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Returns the mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP or a
* DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
*/
#define Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK)
/** Selects the dataflash chip given as a chip mask, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn (where n
* is the chip number).
*/
#define Dataflash_SelectChip(mask) MACROS{ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT \
& ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | mask); }MACROE
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
#define Dataflash_DeselectChip() Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP)
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Initializes the dataflash driver (including the SPI driver) so that commands and data may be
* sent to an attached dataflash IC.
*
* \param PrescalerMask SPI prescaler mask, see SPI.h documentation
*/
static inline void Dataflash_Init(const uint8_t PrescalerMask)
{
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
SPI_Init(PrescalerMask, true);
}
/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
*
* \param Byte of data to send to the dataflash
*
* \return Last response byte from the dataflash
*/
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE;
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
}
/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
*
* \param Byte of data to send to the dataflash
*/
static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE;
static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
SPI_SendByte(Byte);
}
/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
*
* \return Last response byte from the dataflash
*/
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
{
return SPI_ReceiveByte();
}
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
* a new command.
*/
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
{
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
#else
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
#endif
}
/** Spinloops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
*/
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
{
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
}
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside the total number
* of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs are deselected.
*
* \param PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
*/
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
{
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
return;
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
if (PageAddress & 0x01)
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
else
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
#else
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
#endif
}
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-byte address.
*
* \param PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
* \param BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
*/
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress, const uint16_t BufferByte)
{
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
PageAddress >>= 1;
#endif
Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
}
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

87
LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific HWB driver, for boards containing a
* physical pushbutton connected to the AVR's HWB IO pin.
*
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct HWB driver header file for the
* currently selected board.
*
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/HWB.h file in the user project
* directory.
*/
#ifndef __HWB_H__
#define __HWB_H__
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_HWB_H
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_DRIVER
#endif
/* Includes: */
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
#if !defined(BOARD)
#error BOARD must be set in makefile to a value specified in BoardTypes.h.
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
#include "USBKEY/HWB.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
#include "STK525/HWB.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
#include "STK526/HWB.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
#include "ATAVRUSBRF01/HWB.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USER)
#include "Board/HWB.h"
#else
#error The selected board does not contain a HWB.
#endif
/* Psudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Initializes the HWB driver, so that the current button position can be read. This sets the appropriate
* I/O pin to an input with pull-up enabled.
*
* This must be called before any HWB functions are used.
*/
static inline void HWB_Init(void);
/** Returns the current position of the HWB button on the board.
*
* \return Boolean true if the button is currently pressed, false otherwise
*/
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
#endif
#endif

85
LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Joystick driver, for boards containing a
* 5-way joystick.
*
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct joystick driver header file for the
* currently selected board.
*
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
* directory.
*/
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_H__
#define __JOYSTICK_H__
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_DRIVER
#endif
/* Includes: */
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
#if !defined(BOARD)
#error BOARD must be set in makefile to a value specified in BoardTypes.h.
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
#include "USBKEY/Joystick.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
#include "STK525/Joystick.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
#include "STK526/Joystick.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USER)
#include "Board/Joystick.h"
#else
#error The selected board does not contain a joystick.
#endif
/* Psudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Initializes the joystick driver so that the joystick position can be read. This sets the appropriate
* I/O pins to inputs with their pull-ups enabled.
*/
static inline void Joystick_Init(void);
/** Returns the current status of the joystick, as a mask indicating the direction the joystick is
* currently facing in (multiple bits can be set).
*
* \return Mask indicating the joystick direction - see corresponding board specific Joystick.h file
* for direction masks
*/
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
#endif
#endif

113
LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific LED driver, for boards containing user
* controllable LEDs.
*
* User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct LED driver header file for the
* currently selected board.
*
* If the BOARD value is set to BOARD_USER, this will include the /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
* directory.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_H__
#define __LEDS_H__
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_DRIVER
#endif
/* Includes: */
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
#if !defined(BOARD)
#error BOARD must be set in makefile to a value specified in BoardTypes.h.
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
#include "USBKEY/LEDs.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
#include "STK525/LEDs.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
#include "STK526/LEDs.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
#include "RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
#include "ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"
#elif (BOARD == BOARD_USER)
#include "Board/LEDs.h"
#endif
/* Psudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Initializes the board LED driver so that the LEDs can be controlled. This sets the appropriate port
* I/O pins as outputs, and sets the LEDs to default to off.
*/
static inline void LEDs_Init(void);
/** Turns on the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
*
* \param LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file)
*/
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask);
/** Turns off the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
*
* \param LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file)
*/
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask);
/** Turns off all LEDs not specified in the given LED mask, and turns on all the LEDs in the given LED
* mask.
*
* \param LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file)
*/
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask);
/** Turns off all LEDs in the LED mask that are not set in the active mask, and turns on all the LEDs
* specified in both the LED and active masks.
*
* \param LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file)
* \param ActiveMask Mask of whether the LEDs in the LED mask should be turned on or off
*/
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask);
/** Returns the status of all the board LEDs; set LED masks in the return value indicate that the
* corresponding LED is on.
*
* \return Mask of the board LEDs which are currently turned on
*/
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
#endif
#endif

141
LUFA/Drivers/Board/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific LED driver header for the RZUSBSTICK.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
#define __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
#define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED3 ((1 << 6) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED4 ((1 << 7) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
{
DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
PORTD &= ~LEDS_LED1;
PORTD |= LEDS_LED2;
DDRE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
PORTE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
PORTE &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
PORTE |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
}
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTD = (((PORTD & ~LEDS_LED1) | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
((PORTD | LEDS_LED2) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)));
PORTE = ((PORTE | (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
}
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
{
PORTD = (((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_LED2)));
PORTE = ((PORTE | ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
~((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
}
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
{
return (((PORTD & LEDS_LED1) | (~PORTD & LEDS_LED2)) |
((~PORTE & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

84
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK525/AT45DB321C.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB321C as mounted on the STK525.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
*/
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
#define __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
#define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0xE8
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD4
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD6
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0xCF})
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0xCF
#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
#endif

75
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK525/Dataflash.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific HWB driver header for the STK525.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
*/
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
#define __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
/* Includes: */
#include "AT45DB321C.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 4)
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
#endif

79
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK525/HWB.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific HWB driver header for the STK525.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the HWB driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h.
*/
#ifndef __HWB_STK525_H__
#define __HWB_STK525_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HWB_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void HWB_Init(void)
{
DDRE &= ~(1 << 2);
PORTE |= (1 << 2);
}
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void)
{
return (!(PINE & (1 << 2)));
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

104
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK525/Joystick.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific joystick driver header for the STK525.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
*/
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
#define __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
#define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
#define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
#define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> 1)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
#define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
#define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> 1)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
#define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
{
DDRB &= ~(JOY_BMASK);
DDRE &= ~(JOY_EMASK);
PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
};
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
{
return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> 1));
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

117
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK525/LEDs.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific LED driver header for the STK525.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_STK525_H__
#define __LEDS_STK525_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
{
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD |= LedMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD &= ~LedMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
}
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
{
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
}
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
{
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

94
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK526/AT45DB642D.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the STK526.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
*/
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
#define __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
#define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
#define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON (1 << 0)
#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
#define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN 0xB9
#define DF_CMD_WAKEUP 0xAB
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0x03
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD1
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD3
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
#define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE 0x7C
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1 0xC7
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2 0x94
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3 0x80
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4 0x9A
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0x9A
#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
#endif

75
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK526/Dataflash.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific HWB driver header for the STK525.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
*/
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
#define __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
/* Includes: */
#include "AT45DB642D.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 2)
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRC
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTC
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
/** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
#endif

79
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK526/HWB.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific HWB driver header for the STK526.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the HWB driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h.
*/
#ifndef __HWB_STK526_H__
#define __HWB_STK526_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HWB_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void HWB_Init(void)
{
DDRD &= ~(1 << 7);
PORTD |= (1 << 7);
}
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void)
{
return (!(PIND & (1 << 7)));
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

101
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK526/Joystick.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific joystick driver header for the STK526.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
*/
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
#define __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
#define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
#define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 6)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
#define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
#define JOY_DOWN (1 << 7)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
#define JOY_PRESS (1 << 0)
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
{
DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
};
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
{
return ((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK);
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

117
LUFA/Drivers/Board/STK526/LEDs.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific LED driver header for the STK526.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_STK526_H__
#define __LEDS_STK526_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 1)
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 4)
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
{
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD |= LedMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD &= ~LedMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
}
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
{
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
}
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
{
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

60
LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "Temperature.h"
static const uint16_t PROGMEM Temperature_Lookup[] = {
0x3B4, 0x3B0, 0x3AB, 0x3A6, 0x3A0, 0x39A, 0x394, 0x38E, 0x388, 0x381, 0x37A, 0x373,
0x36B, 0x363, 0x35B, 0x353, 0x34A, 0x341, 0x338, 0x32F, 0x325, 0x31B, 0x311, 0x307,
0x2FC, 0x2F1, 0x2E6, 0x2DB, 0x2D0, 0x2C4, 0x2B8, 0x2AC, 0x2A0, 0x294, 0x288, 0x27C,
0x26F, 0x263, 0x256, 0x24A, 0x23D, 0x231, 0x225, 0x218, 0x20C, 0x200, 0x1F3, 0x1E7,
0x1DB, 0x1CF, 0x1C4, 0x1B8, 0x1AC, 0x1A1, 0x196, 0x18B, 0x180, 0x176, 0x16B, 0x161,
0x157, 0x14D, 0x144, 0x13A, 0x131, 0x128, 0x11F, 0x117, 0x10F, 0x106, 0x0FE, 0x0F7,
0x0EF, 0x0E8, 0x0E1, 0x0DA, 0x0D3, 0x0CD, 0x0C7, 0x0C0, 0x0BA, 0x0B5, 0x0AF, 0x0AA,
0x0A4, 0x09F, 0x09A, 0x096, 0x091, 0x08C, 0x088, 0x084, 0x080, 0x07C, 0x078, 0x074,
0x071, 0x06D, 0x06A, 0x067, 0x064, 0x061, 0x05E, 0x05B, 0x058, 0x055, 0x053, 0x050,
0x04E, 0x04C, 0x049, 0x047, 0x045, 0x043, 0x041, 0x03F, 0x03D, 0x03C, 0x03A, 0x038
};
int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void)
{
uint16_t Temp_ADC = ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL);
if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[0]))
return TEMP_MIN_TEMP;
for (uint16_t Index = 0; Index < TEMP_TABLE_SIZE; Index++)
{
if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[Index]))
return (Index + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET);
}
return TEMP_MAX_TEMP;
}

100
LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Temperature sensor board driver for the USB boards which contain a temperature sensor.
*/
#ifndef __TEMPERATURE_H__
#define __TEMPERATURE_H__
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_DRIVER
#endif
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include "../AT90USBXXX/ADC.h"
#include "../../Common/Common.h"
#if !defined(BOARD)
#error #error BOARD must be set in makefile to a value specified in BoardTypes.h.
#elif (BOARD != BOARD_USBKEY) && (BOARD != BOARD_STK525) && (BOARD != BOARD_STK526)
#error The selected board does not contain a temperature sensor.
#endif
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the temperature sensor. */
#define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL 0
/** Minimum returnable temperature from the Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
#define TEMP_MIN_TEMP TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET
/** Maximum returnable temperature from the Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
#define TEMP_MAX_TEMP ((TEMP_TABLE_SIZE - 1) + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET)
/** Initializes the temperature sensor driver, including setting up the appropriate ADC channel.
* This must be called before any other temperature sensor routines.
*
* The ADC itself (not the ADC channel) must be configured seperately before calling the temperature
* sensor functions.
*/
#define Temperature_Init() ADC_SetupChannel(TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL);
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Performs a complete ADC on the temperature sensor channel, and converts the result into a
* valid temperature between TEMP_MIN_TEMP and TEMP_MAX_TEMP in degrees Celcius.
*
* \return Signed temperature in degrees Celcius
*/
int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define TEMP_TABLE_SIZE (sizeof(Temperature_Lookup) / sizeof(Temperature_Lookup[0]))
#define TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET -21
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

94
LUFA/Drivers/Board/USBKEY/AT45DB642D.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific Dataflash commands header for the AT45DB642D as mounted on the USBKEY.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
*/
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
#define __DATAFLASH_CMDS_H__
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
#define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
#define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
#define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
#define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON (1 << 0)
#define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
#define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
#define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN 0xB9
#define DF_CMD_WAKEUP 0xAB
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
#define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
#define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0x03
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD1
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD3
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
#define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
#define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
#define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
#define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
#define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
#define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE 0x7C
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1 0xC7
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2 0x94
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3 0x80
#define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4 0x9A
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
#define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0x9A
#define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
#endif

78
LUFA/Drivers/Board/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific HWB driver header for the STK525.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
*/
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
#define __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
/* Includes: */
#include "AT45DB642D.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK ((1 << 1) | (1 << 0))
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 2
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 1)
/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 (1 << 0)
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
#endif

79
LUFA/Drivers/Board/USBKEY/HWB.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific HWB driver header for the USBKEY.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the HWB driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h.
*/
#ifndef __HWB_USBKEY_H__
#define __HWB_USBKEY_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HWB_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void HWB_Init(void)
{
DDRE &= ~(1 << 2);
PORTE |= (1 << 2);
}
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline bool HWB_GetStatus(void)
{
return (!(PINE & (1 << 2)));
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

104
LUFA/Drivers/Board/USBKEY/Joystick.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific joystick driver header for the USBKEY.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
*/
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
#define __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
#define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
#define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
#define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> 1)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
#define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
#define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> 1)
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
#define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
{
DDRB &= ~(JOY_BMASK);
DDRE &= ~(JOY_EMASK);
PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
};
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
{
return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> 1));
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

117
LUFA/Drivers/Board/USBKEY/LEDs.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Board specific LED driver header for the USBKEY.
*
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
#define __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
{
DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD |= LedMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD &= ~LedMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
{
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
}
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
{
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
}
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
{
return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

176
LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* ANSI terminal compatible escape sequences. These escape sequences are designed to be concatenated with existing
* strings to modify their display on a compatible terminal application.
*
* \note If desired, the macro DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES can be defined in the project makefile and passed to the GCC
* compiler via the -D switch to disable the terminal codes without modifying the source, for use with non
* compatible terminals (any terminal code then equate to empty strings).
*
* Example Usage:
* \code
* printf("Some String, " ESC_BOLD_ON " Some bold string");
* \endcode
*/
#ifndef __TERMINALCODES_H__
#define __TERMINALCODES_H__
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES)
/** Creates an ANSII escape sequence with the payload specified by "c". */
#define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(c) "\33[" c
#else
#define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(c)
#endif
/** Resets any escape sequence modifiers back to their defaults. */
#define ESC_RESET ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("0m")
/** Turns on bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in bold. */
#define ESC_BOLD_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("1m")
/** Turns on italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in italics. */
#define ESC_ITALICS_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("3m")
/** Turns on underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal underlined. */
#define ESC_UNDERLINE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("4m")
/** Turns on inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in inverted colours. */
#define ESC_INVERSE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("7m")
/** Turns on strikethrough so that any following text is printed to the terminal with a line through the
* center.
*/
#define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("9m")
/** Turns off bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non bold. */
#define ESC_BOLD_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("22m")
/** Turns off italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non italics. */
#define ESC_ITALICS_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("23m")
/** Turns off underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal non underlined. */
#define ESC_UNDERLINE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("24m")
/** Turns off inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non inverted colours. */
#define ESC_INVERSE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("27m")
/** Turns off strikethrough so that any following text is printed to the terminal without a line through
* the center.
*/
#define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("29m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to black. */
#define ESC_FG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("30m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to red. */
#define ESC_FG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("31m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to green. */
#define ESC_FG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("32m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to yellow. */
#define ESC_FG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("33m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to blue. */
#define ESC_FG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("34m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to magenta. */
#define ESC_FG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("35m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to cyan. */
#define ESC_FG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("36m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to white. */
#define ESC_FG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("37m")
/** Sets the foreground (text) colour to the terminal's default. */
#define ESC_FG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("39m")
/** Sets the text background colour to black. */
#define ESC_BG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("40m")
/** Sets the text background colour to red. */
#define ESC_BG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("41m")
/** Sets the text background colour to green. */
#define ESC_BG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("42m")
/** Sets the text background colour to yellow. */
#define ESC_BG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("43m")
/** Sets the text background colour to blue. */
#define ESC_BG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("44m")
/** Sets the text background colour to magenta. */
#define ESC_BG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("45m")
/** Sets the text background colour to cyan. */
#define ESC_BG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("46m")
/** Sets the text background colour to white. */
#define ESC_BG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("47m")
/** Sets the text background colour to the terminal's default. */
#define ESC_BG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("49m")
/** Sets the cursor position to the given line and column. */
#define ESC_CURSOR_POS(L, C) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#L ";" #C "H")
/** Moves the cursor up the given number of lines. */
#define ESC_CURSOR_UP(L) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#L "A")
/** Moves the cursor down the given number of lines. */
#define ESC_CURSOR_DOWN(L) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#L "B")
/** Moves the cursor to the right the given number of columns. */
#define ESC_CURSOR_FORWARD(C) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#C "C")
/** Moves the cursor to the left the given number of columns. */
#define ESC_CURSOR_BACKWARD(C) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#C "D")
/** Saves the current cursor position so that it may be restored with ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE. */
#define ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("s")
/** Restores the cursor position to the last position saved with ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE. */
#define ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("u")
/** Erases the entire display, returning the cursor to the top left. */
#define ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("2J")
/** Erases the current line, returning the cursor to the far left. */
#define ESC_ERASE_LINE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("K")
#endif

138
LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ConfigDescriptor.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr, void* BufferPtr)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
USB_HostRequest = (USB_Host_Request_Header_t)
{
bmRequestType: (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
bRequest: REQ_GetDescriptor,
wValue: (DTYPE_Configuration << 8),
wIndex: 0,
wLength: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t),
};
if (BufferPtr == NULL)
{
uint8_t ConfigHeader[sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)];
ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigHeader);
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES)
*ConfigSizePtr = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigHeader, USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t).TotalConfigurationSize;
#else
*ConfigSizePtr = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigHeader, USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t).wTotalLength;
#endif
}
else
{
USB_HostRequest.wLength = *ConfigSizePtr;
ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(BufferPtr);
}
return ErrorCode;
}
void USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
uint8_t** const CurrConfigLoc,
const uint8_t Type)
{
while (*BytesRem)
{
USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
return;
}
}
void USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
uint8_t** const CurrConfigLoc,
const uint8_t Type,
const uint8_t BeforeType)
{
while (*BytesRem)
{
USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
{
return;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == BeforeType)
{
*BytesRem = 0;
return;
}
}
}
void USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
uint8_t** const CurrConfigLoc,
const uint8_t Type,
const uint8_t AfterType)
{
USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, AfterType);
if (*BytesRem)
USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, Type);
}
uint8_t USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp_P(uint16_t* BytesRem, uint8_t** CurrConfigLoc,
uint8_t (* const ComparatorRoutine)(void*))
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
while (*BytesRem)
{
uint8_t* PrevDescLoc = *CurrConfigLoc;
uint16_t PrevBytesRem = *BytesRem;
USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
if ((ErrorCode = ComparatorRoutine(*CurrConfigLoc)) != Descriptor_Search_NotFound)
{
if (ErrorCode == Descriptor_Search_Fail)
{
*CurrConfigLoc = PrevDescLoc;
*BytesRem = PrevBytesRem;
}
return ErrorCode;
}
}
return Descriptor_Search_Comp_EndOfDescriptor;
}

258
LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ConfigDescriptor.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Configuration descriptor parser API. This section of the library gives a friendly API which can be used in
* host applications to easily parse an attached device's configuration descriptor so that endpoint, interface
* and other descriptor data can be extracted and used as needed.
*/
#ifndef __CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H__
#define __CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../LowLevel/HostChapter9.h"
#include "../HighLevel/StdDescriptors.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into a pointer to the given
* descriptor type.
*
* Usage Example:
* \code
* uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
* USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t* ConfigHeaderPtr = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrDescriptor,
* USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
*
* // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the -> indirection operator
* \endcode
*/
#define DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) ((Type*)DescriptorPtr)
/** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into the given descriptor
* type (as an actual struct instance rather than a pointer to a struct).
*
* Usage Example:
* \code
* uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
* USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t ConfigHeader = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrDescriptor,
* USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
*
* // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the . operator
* \endcode
*/
#define DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) (*DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type))
/** Returns the descriptor's type, expressed as the 8-bit type value in the header of the descriptor.
* This value's meaning depends on the descriptor's placement in the descriptor, but standard type
* values can be accessed in the DescriptorTypes_t enum located in USB/HighLevel/StdDescriptors.h.
*/
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).Type
#else
#define DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).bDescriptorType
#endif
/** Returns the descriptor's size, expressed as the 8-bit value indicating the number of bytes. */
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define DESCRIPTOR_SIZE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).Size
#else
#define DESCRIPTOR_SIZE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).bLength
#endif
/** Creates a prototype for or begins a descriptor comparitor routine. Descriptor comparitor routines are
* small search routines which are passed a pointer to the current sub descriptor in the configuration
* descriptor, and which analyse the sub descriptor to determine whether or not it matches the routine's
* search parameters. Comparitor routines provide a powerful way to scan through the config descriptor
* for certain descriptors matching unique criteria.
*
* Comparitor routines are passed in a single pointer named CurrentDescriptor, and should return a value
* of a member of the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
#define DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR(name) uint8_t DCOMP_##name (void* const CurrentDescriptor)
/** Searches for the next descriptor in the given configuration descriptor using a premade comparator
* function. The routine updates the position and remaining configuration descriptor bytes values
* automatically. If a comparator routine fails a search, the descriptor pointer is retreated back
* so that the next descriptor search invocation will start from the descriptor which first caused the
* original search to fail. This behaviour allows for one comparator to be used immediately after another
* has failed, starting the second search from the descriptor which failed the first.
*
* \param DSize Pointer to an int storing the remaining bytes in the configuration descriptor
* \param DPos Pointer to the current position in the configuration descriptor
* \param DSearch Name of the comparitor search function to use on the configuration descriptor
*
* \return Value of one of the members of the DSEARCH_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*
* Usage Example:
* \code
* DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR(EndpointSearcher); // Comparator Prototype
*
* DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR(EndpointSearcher)
* {
* if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
* return Descriptor_Search_Found;
* else
* return Descriptor_Search_NotFound;
* }
*
* //...
* // After retrieving configuration descriptor:
* if (USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp(&BytesRemaining, &ConfigDescriptorData, EndpointSearcher) ==
* Descriptor_Search_Comp_Found)
* {
* // Do something with the endpoint descriptor
* }
* \endcode
*/
#define USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp(DSize, DPos, DSearch) \
USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp_P(DSize, DPos, DCOMP_##DSearch)
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for return values of a descriptor comparator made with DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR. */
enum DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t
{
Descriptor_Search_Found = 0, /**< Current descriptor matches comparator criteria. */
Descriptor_Search_Fail = 1, /**< No further descriptor could possibly match criteria, fail the search. */
Descriptor_Search_NotFound = 2, /**< Current descriptor does not match comparator criteria. */
};
/** Enum for return values of USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp() */
enum DSEARCH_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t
{
Descriptor_Search_Comp_Found = 0, /**< Configuration descriptor now points to decriptor which matches
* search criteria of the given comparator function. */
Descriptor_Search_Comp_Fail = 1, /**< Comparator function returned Descriptor_Search_Fail. */
Descriptor_Search_Comp_EndOfDescriptor = 2, /**< End of configuration descriptor reached before match found. */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Retrieves the configuration descriptor data or size from an attached device via a standard request.
*
* \param ConfigSizePtr Pointer to a uint16_t for either storing or retrieving the configuration
* descriptor size
*
* \param BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer for storing the configuration descriptor data. If this is
* NULL, the size of the configuration descriptor will be retrieved instead and
* placed in the variable pointed to by ConfigSizePtr. If this is non-NULL, the number
* of bytes indicated by ConfigSizePtr of the configuration descriptor will be loaded
* into the buffer
*/
uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr, void* BufferPtr)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Skips over the current sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor, so that the pointer then
points to the next sub-descriptor. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
*
* \param BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor
* \param CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor
*/
static inline void USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
uint8_t** const CurrConfigLoc)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1, 2);
static inline void USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
uint8_t** const CurrConfigLoc)
{
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES)
uint16_t CurrDescriptorSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(*CurrConfigLoc, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).Size;
#else
uint16_t CurrDescriptorSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(*CurrConfigLoc, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).bLength;
#endif
*CurrConfigLoc += CurrDescriptorSize;
*BytesRem -= CurrDescriptorSize;
}
/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value.
* The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
*
* \param BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor
* \param CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor
* \param Type Descriptor type value to search for
*/
void USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
uint8_t** const CurrConfigLoc,
const uint8_t Type)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1, 2);
/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
* which must come before a descriptor of the second given type value. If the BeforeType type
* descriptor is reached first, the number of bytes remaining to process is set to zero and the
* function exits. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
*
* \param BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor
* \param CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor
* \param Type Descriptor type value to search for
* \param BeforeType Descriptor type value which must not be reached before the given Type descriptor
*/
void USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
uint8_t** const CurrConfigLoc,
const uint8_t Type,
const uint8_t BeforeType)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1, 2);
/** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
* which must come after a descriptor of the second given type value. The bytes remaining value is
* automatically decremented.
*
* \param BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor
* \param CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor
* \param Type Descriptor type value to search for
* \param AfterType Descriptor type value which must be reached before the given Type descriptor
*/
void USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
uint8_t** const CurrConfigLoc,
const uint8_t Type,
const uint8_t AfterType)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1, 2);
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp_P(uint16_t* BytesRem, uint8_t** CurrConfigLoc,
uint8_t (* const ComparatorRoutine)(void* const));
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

326
LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "HIDParser.h"
uint8_t ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData, uint16_t ReportSize, HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData)
{
HID_StateTable_t StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH];
HID_StateTable_t* CurrStateTable = &StateTable[0];
uint16_t UsageStack[HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH];
uint8_t UsageStackSize = 0;
uint16_t BitOffsetIn = 0;
uint16_t BitOffsetOut = 0;
#if defined(HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING)
uint16_t BitOffsetFeature = 0;
#endif
HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrCollectionPath = NULL;
memset((void*)ParserData, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportInfo_t));
memset((void*)StateTable, 0x00, sizeof(StateTable));
while (ReportSize)
{
uint32_t ReportItemData = 0;
switch (*ReportData & DATA_SIZE_MASK)
{
case DATA_SIZE_4:
ReportItemData = *((uint32_t*)(ReportData + 1));
break;
case DATA_SIZE_2:
ReportItemData = *((uint16_t*)(ReportData + 1));
break;
case DATA_SIZE_1:
ReportItemData = *((uint8_t*)(ReportData + 1));
break;
}
switch (*ReportData & (TYPE_MASK | TAG_MASK))
{
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_PUSH):
if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH])
return HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow;
memcpy((CurrStateTable - 1),
CurrStateTable,
sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
CurrStateTable++;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_POP):
if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[0])
return HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow;
CurrStateTable--;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_USAGEPAGE):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_LOGICALMIN):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_LOGICALMAX):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_PHYSMIN):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_PHYSMAX):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_UNITEXP):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Exponent = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_UNIT):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Type = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_REPORTSIZE):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_REPORTCOUNT):
CurrStateTable->ReportCount = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_GLOBAL | TAG_GLOBAL_REPORTID):
CurrStateTable->ReportID = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_LOCAL | TAG_LOCAL_USAGE):
if (UsageStackSize == HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH)
return HID_PARSE_UsageStackOverflow;
UsageStack[UsageStackSize++] = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_LOCAL | TAG_LOCAL_USAGEMIN):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.MinMax.Minimum = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_LOCAL | TAG_LOCAL_USAGEMAX):
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.MinMax.Maximum = ReportItemData;
break;
case (TYPE_MAIN | TAG_MAIN_COLLECTION):
if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
{
CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[0];
}
else
{
HID_CollectionPath_t* ParentCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[1];
while (CurrCollectionPath->Parent != NULL);
{
if (CurrCollectionPath == &ParserData->CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS])
return HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths;
CurrCollectionPath++;
}
CurrCollectionPath->Parent = ParentCollectionPath;
}
CurrCollectionPath->Type = ReportItemData;
CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Page = CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page;
if (UsageStackSize)
{
CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageStack[0];
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UsageStackSize; i++)
UsageStack[i] = UsageStack[i + 1];
UsageStackSize--;
}
else
{
CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = 0;
}
break;
case (TYPE_MAIN | TAG_MAIN_ENDCOLLECTION):
if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
return HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection;
CurrCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath->Parent;
break;
case (TYPE_MAIN | TAG_MAIN_INPUT):
case (TYPE_MAIN | TAG_MAIN_OUTPUT):
#if defined(HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING)
case (TYPE_MAIN | TAG_MAIN_FEATURE):
#endif
for (uint8_t ReportItemNum = 0; ReportItemNum < CurrStateTable->ReportCount; ReportItemNum++)
{
HID_ReportItem_t* CurrReportItem = &ParserData->ReportItems[ParserData->TotalReportItems];
if (ParserData->TotalReportItems == HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS)
return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems;
memcpy(&CurrReportItem->Attributes,
&CurrStateTable->Attributes,
sizeof(HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t));
CurrReportItem->ItemFlags = ReportItemData;
CurrReportItem->CollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
CurrReportItem->ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
if (UsageStackSize)
{
CurrReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageStack[0];
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UsageStackSize; i++)
UsageStack[i] = UsageStack[i + 1];
UsageStackSize--;
}
else
{
CurrReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage = 0;
}
switch (*ReportData & TAG_MASK)
{
case TAG_MAIN_INPUT:
CurrReportItem->ItemType = REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In;
CurrReportItem->BitOffset = BitOffsetIn;
BitOffsetIn += CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize;
break;
case TAG_MAIN_OUTPUT:
CurrReportItem->ItemType = REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Out;
CurrReportItem->BitOffset = BitOffsetOut;
BitOffsetOut += CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize;
break;
#if defined(HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING)
case TAG_MAIN_FEATURE:
CurrReportItem->ItemType = REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature;
CurrReportItem->BitOffset = BitOffsetFeature;
BitOffsetFeature += CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize;
break;
#endif
}
#if !defined(HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS)
if (!(ReportItemData & IOF_CONSTANT))
ParserData->TotalReportItems++;
#else
ParserData->TotalReportItems++;
#endif
}
UsageStackSize = 0;
break;
}
if ((*ReportData & TYPE_MASK) == TYPE_MAIN)
{
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.MinMax.Minimum = 0;
CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.MinMax.Maximum = 0;
UsageStackSize = 0;
}
switch (*ReportData & DATA_SIZE_MASK)
{
case DATA_SIZE_4:
ReportSize -= 5;
ReportData += 5;
break;
case DATA_SIZE_2:
ReportSize -= 3;
ReportData += 3;
break;
case DATA_SIZE_1:
ReportSize -= 2;
ReportData += 2;
break;
case DATA_SIZE_0:
ReportSize -= 1;
ReportData += 1;
break;
}
}
return HID_PARSE_Successful;
}
bool GetReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData, HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
{
uint16_t DataBitsRem = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
uint16_t CurrentBit = ReportItem->BitOffset;
uint32_t BitMask = (1 << 0);
ReportItem->Value = 0;
if (ReportItem->ReportID)
{
if (ReportItem->ReportID != ReportData[0])
return false;
ReportData++;
}
while (DataBitsRem--)
{
if (ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
ReportItem->Value |= BitMask;
CurrentBit++;
BitMask <<= 1;
}
return true;
}
void SetReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData, const HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem)
{
uint16_t DataBitsRem = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
uint16_t CurrentBit = ReportItem->BitOffset;
uint32_t BitMask = (1 << 0);
if (ReportItem->ReportID)
{
ReportData[0] = ReportItem->ReportID;
ReportData++;
}
while (DataBitsRem--)
{
if (ReportItem->Value & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] |= BitMask;
CurrentBit++;
BitMask <<= 1;
}
}

252
LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor processing routines. This file allows for the easy
* parsing of the complex HID report descriptor, which describes the data that the device transmits to the host.
*
* The processed report is presented back to the user application as a flat structure containing each report
* item's IN, OUT and FEATURE (if desired) items along with each item's attributes.
*
* This library portion also allows for easy setting and retrieval of data from a HID report, including devices
* with multiple reports on the one HID interface.
*
* By default, FEATURE reports and IN/OUT reports with constant data are ignored in the HID report when processed
* to save on memory. This can be overridden by defining the HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING or
* HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS tokens in the user project makefile, passing them to the compiler via the -D
* switch.
*/
#ifndef __HIDPARSER_H__
#define __HIDPARSER_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "HIDReportData.h"
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor checks and defines: */
#if !defined(HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the state table. A larger state table
* allows for more PUSH/POP report items to be nested, but consumes more memory. By default
* this is set to 3 levels (allowing for two PUSHes to be nested) but this can be overridden by
* defining HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH to another value in the user project makefile, passing the
* define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
*/
#define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH 3
#endif
#if !defined(HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the usage table. A larger usage table
* allows for more USAGE items to be indicated sequentially for REPORT COUNT entries of more than
* one, but requires more stack space. By default this is set to 8 levels (allowing for a report
* item with a count of 8) but this can be overridden by defining HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH to another
* value in the user project makefile, passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler
* switch.
*/
#define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH 8
#endif
#if !defined(HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Constant indicating the maximum number of COLLECTION items (nested or unnested) that can be
* processed in the report item descriptor. A large value allows for more COLLECTION items to be
* processed, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 5 collections, but this can be
* overridden by defining HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS to another value in the user project makefile, passing
* the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
*/
#define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS 5
#endif
#if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Constant indicating the maximum number of report items (IN, OUT or FEATURE if enabled) that can be
* processed in the report item descriptor. A large value allows for more report items to be
* processed, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 30 items, but this can be
* overridden by defining HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS to another value in the user project makefile, passing
* the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
*/
#define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS 30
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for indicating what type of report item an entry in a HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array is */
enum HID_ReportItemTypes_t
{
REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In = 0, /**< Indicates that the item is an IN report type. */
REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Out = 1, /**< Indicates that the item is an OUT report type. */
REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature = 2, /**< Indicates that the item is a FEATURE report type. */
};
/** Enum for the possible error codes in the return value of the ProcessHIDReport() function */
enum HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t
{
HID_PARSE_Successful = 0, /**< Successful parse of the HID report descriptor, no error. */
HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow = 1, /**< More than HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH nested PUSHes in the report. */
HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow = 2, /**< A POP was found when the state table stack was empty. */
HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems = 3, /**< More than HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS report items in the report. */
HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection = 4, /**< END COLLECTION found without matching COLLECTION item. */
HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths = 5, /**< More than HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS collections in the report. */
HID_PARSE_UsageStackOverflow = 6, /**< More than HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH usages listed in a row. */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an attribute with both minimum and maximum values (e.g. Logical Min/Max). */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Minimum; /**< Minimum value for the attribute. */
uint32_t Maximum; /**< Maximum value for the attribute. */
} HID_MinMax_t;
/** Type define for the Unit attributes of a report item. */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Type; /**< Unit type (refer to HID specifications for details). */
uint8_t Exponent; /**< Unit exponent (refer to HID specifications for details). */
} HID_Unit_t;
/** Type define for the Usage attributes of a report item. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t Page; /**< Usage page of the report item. */
uint16_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
HID_MinMax_t MinMax; /**< Usage minimum and maximum of the report item. */
} HID_Usage_t;
/** Type define for a COLLECTION object. Contains the collection attributes and a reference to the
* parent collection if any.
*/
typedef struct CollectionPath
{
uint8_t Type; /**< Collection type (for example "Generic Desktop"). */
HID_Usage_t Usage; /**< Collection usage. */
struct CollectionPath* Parent; /**< Reference to parent collection, or NULL if root collection. */
} HID_CollectionPath_t;
/** Type define for all the data attributes of a report item, except flags. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t BitSize; /**< Size in bits of the report item's data. */
HID_Usage_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
HID_Unit_t Unit; /**< Unit type and exponent of the report item. */
HID_MinMax_t Logical; /**< Logical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
HID_MinMax_t Physical; /**< Physical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
} HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t;
/** Type define for a report item (IN, OUT or FEATURE) attributes and other details. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t BitOffset; /**< Bit offset in the IN, OUT or FEATURE report of the item. */
uint8_t ItemType; /**< Report item type, a value in HID_Types_t. */
uint16_t ItemFlags; /**< Item data flags, such as constant/variable, etc. */
uint8_t ReportID; /**< Report ID this item belongs to, or 0x00 if device has only one report */
HID_CollectionPath_t* CollectionPath; /**< Collection path of the item. */
HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes; /**< Report item attributes. */
uint32_t Value; /**< Current value of the report item. */
} HID_ReportItem_t;
/** Type define for a complete processed HID report, including all report item data and collections. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t TotalReportItems; /**< Total number of report items stored in the
* ReportItems array. */
HID_ReportItem_t ReportItems[HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS]; /**< Report items array, including
* all IN, OUT and FEATURE items. */
HID_CollectionPath_t CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS]; /**< All collection items, referenced
* by the report items. */
} HID_ReportInfo_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Function to process a given HID report returned from an attached device, and store it into a given
* HID_ReportInfo_t structure.
*
* \param ReportData Buffer containing the device's HID report table
* \param ReportSize Size in bytes of the HID report table
* \param ParserData Pointer to a HID_ReportInfo_t instance for the parser output
*
* \return A value in the HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData, uint16_t ReportSize, HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1, 3);
/** Extracts the given report item's value out of the given HID report and places it into the Value
* member of the report item's HID_ReportItem_t structure.
*
* \param ReportData Buffer containing an IN or FEATURE report from an attached device
* \param ReportItem Pointer to the report item of interest in a HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array
*
* \returns Boolean true if the item to retrieve was located in the given report, false otherwise
*/
bool GetReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData, HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1, 2);
/** Retreives the given report item's value out of the Value member of the report item's
* HID_ReportItem_t structure and places it into the correct position in the HID report
* buffer. The report buffer is assumed to have the appropriate bits cleared before calling
* this function (i.e., the buffer should be explicitly cleared before report values are added).
*
* If the device has multiple HID reports, the report ID is set to the report ID of the given item.
*
* \param ReportData Buffer holding the current OUT report data
* \param ReportItem Pointer to the report item of interest in a HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array
*/
void SetReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData, const HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1, 2);
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Type Defines: */
typedef struct
{
HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes;
uint8_t ReportCount;
uint8_t ReportID;
} HID_StateTable_t;
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

128
LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDReportData.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Constants for HID report item attributes. Refer to the HID specification for details on each
* flag's meaning when applied to an IN, OUT or FEATURE item.
*/
#ifndef __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
#define __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for constant data. */
#define IOF_CONSTANT (1 << 0)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for data. */
#define IOF_DATA (0 << 0)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for variable data. */
#define IOF_VARIABLE (1 << 1)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for array data. */
#define IOF_ARRAY (0 << 1)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for relative data. */
#define IOF_RELATIVE (1 << 2)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for absolute data. */
#define IOF_ABSOLUTE (0 << 2)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for wrapped value data. */
#define IOF_WRAP (1 << 3)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for non-wrapped value data. */
#define IOF_NOWRAP (0 << 3)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for non linear data. */
#define IOF_NONLINEAR (1 << 4)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for linear data. */
#define IOF_LINEAR (0 << 4)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for no preferred state. */
#define IOF_NOPREFERRED (1 << 5)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for preferred state items. */
#define IOF_PREFERREDSTATE (0 << 5)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for null state items. */
#define IOF_NULLSTATE (1 << 6)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for no null position data. */
#define IOF_NONULLPOSITION (0 << 6)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for buffered bytes. */
#define IOF_BUFFEREDBYTES (1 << 8)
/** HID_ReportItem_t.ItemFlags flag for bitfield data. */
#define IOF_BITFIELD (0 << 8)
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define DATA_SIZE_MASK 0b00000011
#define TYPE_MASK 0b00001100
#define TAG_MASK 0b11110000
#define DATA_SIZE_0 0b00000000
#define DATA_SIZE_1 0b00000001
#define DATA_SIZE_2 0b00000010
#define DATA_SIZE_4 0b00000011
#define TYPE_MAIN 0b00000000
#define TYPE_GLOBAL 0b00000100
#define TYPE_LOCAL 0b00001000
#define TAG_MAIN_INPUT 0b10000000
#define TAG_MAIN_OUTPUT 0b10010000
#define TAG_MAIN_COLLECTION 0b10100000
#define TAG_MAIN_FEATURE 0b10110000
#define TAG_MAIN_ENDCOLLECTION 0b11000000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_USAGEPAGE 0b00000000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_LOGICALMIN 0b00010000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_LOGICALMAX 0b00100000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_PHYSMIN 0b00110000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_PHYSMAX 0b01000000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_UNITEXP 0b01010000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_UNIT 0b01100000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_REPORTSIZE 0b01110000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_REPORTID 0b10000000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_REPORTCOUNT 0b10010000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_PUSH 0b10100000
#define TAG_GLOBAL_POP 0b10110000
#define TAG_LOCAL_USAGE 0b00000000
#define TAG_LOCAL_USAGEMIN 0b00010000
#define TAG_LOCAL_USAGEMAX 0b00100000
#endif
#endif

39
LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "../LowLevel/USBMode.h"
#define INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C
#include "Events.h"
void USB_Event_Stub(void)
{
}

440
LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** Library events module. This module contains macros and functions relating to the management of library
* events, which are small pieces of code similar to ISRs which are run when a given condition is met. Each
* event can be fired from multiple places in the user or library code, which may or may not be inside an ISR,
* thus each handler should be written to be as small and fast as possible to prevent possible problems.
*
* Events can be hooked by the user application using the EVENT_HANDLER() and HANDLES_EVENT() macros. If an
* event with no associated handler is fired within the library, it by default fires an internal empty stub
* function. This is achieved through the use of the GCC compiler's "alias" attribute.
*
* Each event must only have one associated event handler, but can be raised by multiple sources.
*/
#ifndef __USBEVENTS_H__
#define __USBEVENTS_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../LowLevel/USBMode.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Raises a given event name, with the specified parameters. For events with no parameters the
* only argument to the macro is the event name, events with parameters list the parameter values
* after the name as a comma seperated list.
*
* When a given event is fired, its corresponding event handler code is executed.
*
* Usage Examples:
* \code
* // Raise the USB_VBUSChange event, which takes no parameters
* RAISE_EVENT(USB_VBUSChange);
*
* // Raise the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event which takes two parameters
* RAISE_EVENT(USB_UnhandledControlPacket, 0, 1);
* \endcode
*
* \see RAISES_EVENT()
*/
#define RAISE_EVENT(e, ...) Event_ ## e (__VA_ARGS__)
/** Indicates that a given module can raise a given event. This is the equivelent of putting the
* event function's prototype into the module, but in a cleaner way. Each event which may be
* fired via the RAISE_EVENT macro in the module should have an accompanying RAISES_EVENT
* prototype in the module's header file.
*
* Usage Examples:
* \code
* // Module can raise the USB_VBUSChange event
* RAISES_EVENT(USB_VBUSChange);
*
* // ...
* // Inside a block of code in a function of the module, raise the USB_VBUSChange event
* RAISE_EVENT(USB_VBUSChange);
* \endcode
*
* \see RAISE_EVENT()
*/
#define RAISES_EVENT(e) HANDLES_EVENT(e)
/** Defines an event handler for the given event. Event handlers should be short in length, as they
* may be raised from inside an ISR. The user application can react to each event as it sees fit,
* such as logging the event, indicating the change to the user or performing some other action.
*
* Only one event handler may be defined in any user project for each individual event. Events may
* or may not have parameters - for each event, refer to its documentation elsewhere in this module
* to determine the presense and purpose of any event parameters.
*
* Usage Example:
* \code
* // Create an event handler for the USB_VBUSChange event
* EVENT_HANDLER(USB_VBUSChange)
* {
* // Code to execute when the VBUS level changes
* }
* \endcode
*
* \see HANDLES_EVENT()
*/
#define EVENT_HANDLER(e) void Event_ ## e e ## _P
/** Indicates that a given module handles an event. This is the equivelent of putting the
* event function's prototype into the module, but in a cleaner way. Each event which may be
* handled via the EVENT_HANDLER macro in the module should have an accompanying HANDLES_EVENT
* prototype in the module's header file.
*
* Usage Examples:
* \code
* // Module handles the USB_VBUSChange event
* HANDLES_EVENT(USB_VBUSChange);
*
* // Create the USB_VBUSChange event handler
* EVENT_HANDLER(USB_VBUSChange)
* {
* // Event handler code here
* }
* \endcode
*
* \see EVENT_HANDLER()
*/
#define HANDLES_EVENT(e) EVENT_HANDLER(e)
/* Psudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
#if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Event for VBUS level change. This event fires when the VBUS line of the USB AVR changes from
* high to low or vice-versa.
*
* \note This event is only available on USB AVR models which support VBUS notification interrupts.
*/
void USB_VBUSChange(void);
/** Event for VBUS attachment. This event fires when the VBUS line of the USB AVR changes from
* low to high, signalling the attachment of the USB device to a host, before the enumeration
* process has begun.
*
* \note This event is only available on USB AVR models which support VBUS notification interrupts.
*/
void USB_VBUSConnect(void);
/** Event for VBUS detachment. This event fires when the VBUS line of the USB AVR changes from
* high to low, signalling the USB device has been removed from a host whether it has been enumerated
* or not.
*
* \note This event is only available on USB AVR models which support VBUS notification interrupts.
*/
void USB_VBUSDisconnect(void);
/** Event for USB device connection. This event fires when the AVR is in USB host mode and a device
* has been attached (but not yet fully enumerated), or when in device mode and the device is connected
* to a host, beginning the enumeration process.
*
* When in device mode, this can be used to progmatically start the USB management task to reduce
* CPU usage.
*
* \note For the smaller USB AVRs (AT90USBXX2) with limited USB controllers, VBUS is not available to the USB controller.
* this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
* which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
* needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behaviour turned off by
* passing the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
* and disconnection events may be manually fired by RAISE_EVENT(), and the USB_IsConnected global changed manually.
*
* \see USBTask.h for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
*/
void USB_Connect(void);
/** Event for USB device disconnection. This event fires when the AVR is in USB host mode and an
* attached and enumerated device has been disconnected, or when in device mode and the device is
* disconnected from the host.
*
* When in device mode, this can be used to progmatically stop the USB management task to reduce
* CPU usage.
*
* \note For the smaller USB AVRs (AT90USBXX2) with limited USB controllers, VBUS is not available to the USB controller.
* this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
* which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
* needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behaviour turned off by
* passing the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
* and disconnection events may be manually fired by RAISE_EVENT(), and the USB_IsConnected global changed manually.
*
* \see USBTask.h for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
*/
void USB_Disconnect(void);
/** Event for USB device power on failure. This event fires when the USB interface fails to
* initialize correctly due to a hardware or software fault.
*
* \param ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in USB_PowerOnErrorCodes_t
* located in LowLevel.h.
*/
void USB_PowerOnFail(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
/** Event for USB mode pin level change. This event fires when the USB interface is set to dual role
* mode, and the UID pin level has changed to indicate a new mode (device or host). This event fires
* before the mode is switched to the newly indicated mode.
*
* \note This event only exists on USB AVR models which support dual role modes.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_DEVICE_ONLY or USB_HOST_ONLY tokens have been supplied
* to the compiler (see LowLevel.h documentation).
*/
void USB_UIDChange(void);
/** Event for USB host error. This event fires when a hardware fault has occurred whilst the USB
* interface is in host mode.
*
* \param ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
* located in Host.h.
*
* \note This event only exists on USB AVR models which supports host mode.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*/
void USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
/** Event for USB device attachment. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
* a USB device has been connected to the USB interface. This is interrupt driven, thus fires before
* the standard USB_DeviceConnect event and so can be used to programatically start the USB management
* task to reduce CPU consumption.
*
* \note This event only exists on USB AVR models which supports host mode.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*
* \see USBTask.h for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
*/
void USB_DeviceAttached(void);
/** Event for USB device removal. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
* a USB device has been removed the USB interface whether or not it has been enumerated. This
* can be used to programatically stop the USB management task to reduce CPU consumption.
*
* \note This event only exists on USB AVR models which supports host mode.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*
* \see USBTask.h for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
*/
void USB_DeviceUnattached(void);
/** Event for USB device enumeration failure. This event fires when a the USB interface is
* in host mode, and an attached USB device has failed to enumerate completely.
*
* \param ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in
* USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t located in Host.h.
*
* \param SubErrorCode Sub error code indicating the reason for failure - for example, if the
* ErrorCode parameter indicates a control error, this will give the error
* code returned by the USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function.
*
* \note This event only exists on USB AVR models which supports host mode.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*/
void USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
/** Event for USB device enumeration completion. This event fires when a the USB interface is
* in host mode and an attached USB device has been completely enumerated and is ready to be
* controlled by the user application, or when the library is in device mode, and the Host
* has finished enumerating the device.
*/
void USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
/** Event for unhandled control requests. This event fires when a the USB host issues a control
* request to the control endpoint (address 0) that the library does not handle. This may either
* be a standard request that the library has no handler code for, or a class specific request
* issued to the device which must be handled appropriately. Due to the strict timing requirements
* on control transfers, interrupts are disabled during control request processing.
*
* \param bRequest Request value, indicating what command the host has issued.
* \param bmRequestType Mask indicating the request data direction (if any), type and recipient.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*
* \note Requests should be handled in the same manner as described in the USB 2.0 Specification,
* or appropriate class' specification. In all instances, the library has already read the
* request bmRequestType and bRequest values out (into the Request and RequestType parameters
* respectively) so that it can correctly determine if it is able to handle the request
* internally, or hand off the request to the user application via this event. Other request
* parameters (wValue, wIndex, wLength, and Data) remain in the control endpoint bank until
* read out by the user application for processing.
*/
void USB_UnhandledControlPacket(const uint8_t bRequest, const uint8_t bmRequestType);
/** Event for USB configuration number changed. This event fires when a the USB host changes the
* selected configuration number while in device mode. This event should be hooked in device
* applications to create the endpoints and configure the device for the selected configuration.
*
* This event fires after the value of USB_ConfigurationNumber has been changed.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*/
void USB_ConfigurationChanged(void);
/** Event for USB suspend. This event fires when a the USB host suspends the device by halting its
* transmission of Start Of Frame pulses to the device. This is generally hooked in order to move
* the device over to a low power state until the host wakes up the device.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*
* \see USB_WakeUp() event for accompanying Wake Up event.
*/
void USB_Suspend(void);
/** Event for USB wake up. This event fires when a the USB interface is suspended while in device
* mode, and the host wakes up the device by supplying Start Of Frame pulses. This is generally
* hooked to pull the user application out of a lowe power state and back into normal operating
* mode.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*
* \see USB_Suspend() event for accompanying Suspend event.
*/
void USB_WakeUp(void);
/** Event for USB interface reset. This event fires when a the USB interface is in device mode, and
* a the USB host requests that the device reset its interface. This is generally hooked so that
* the USB control endpoint can be switched to interrupt driven mode, by selecting it and calling
* USB_INT_Enable(ENDPOINT_INT_SETUP). Before this event fires, all device endpoints are reset and
* disabled.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*/
void USB_Reset(void);
/** Event for USB device mode error. This event fires when the USB interface is in device mode,
* and an error occurs which prevents it from operating normally.
*
* \param ErrorCode Error code indicating the source of the error. One of the values in the
* USB_Device_ErrorCodes_t enum located in Device.h.
*
* \note This event does not exist if the USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
* LowLevel.h documentation).
*/
void USB_DeviceError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define ALIAS_STUB(e) EVENT_HANDLER(e) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub)
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
#define USB_VBUSChange_P (void)
#define USB_VBUSConnect_P (void)
#define USB_VBUSDisconnect_P (void)
#endif
#define USB_Connect_P (void)
#define USB_Disconnect_P (void)
#define USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete_P (void)
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
#define USB_PowerOnFail_P (const uint8_t ErrorCode)
#define USB_UIDChange_P (void)
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
#define USB_HostError_P (const uint8_t ErrorCode)
#define USB_DeviceAttached_P (void)
#define USB_DeviceUnattached_P (void)
#define USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed_P (const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
#define USB_UnhandledControlPacket_P (const uint8_t bRequest, const uint8_t bmRequestType)
#define USB_ConfigurationChanged_P (void)
#define USB_Suspend_P (void)
#define USB_WakeUp_P (void)
#define USB_Reset_P (void)
#define USB_DeviceError_P (const uint8_t ErrorCode)
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C)
void USB_Event_Stub (void) ATTR_CONST;
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
ALIAS_STUB(USB_VBUSChange);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_VBUSConnect);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_VBUSDisconnect);
#endif
ALIAS_STUB(USB_Connect);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_Disconnect);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete);
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
ALIAS_STUB(USB_PowerOnFail);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_UIDChange);
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
ALIAS_STUB(USB_HostError);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_DeviceAttached);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_DeviceUnattached);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed);
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
ALIAS_STUB(USB_UnhandledControlPacket);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_ConfigurationChanged);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_Suspend);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_WakeUp);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_Reset);
ALIAS_STUB(USB_DeviceError);
#endif
#endif
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

43
LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/StdDescriptors.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "../LowLevel/USBMode.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
#include "StdDescriptors.h"
uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceError, DEVICE_ERROR_GetDescriptorNotHooked);
return 0;
};
#endif

523
LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/StdDescriptors.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Standard USB device descriptor defines and retrieval routines, for USB devices. This module contains
* strucutures and macros for the easy creation of standard USB descriptors in USB device projects.
*
* All standard descriptors have their elements named in an identical manner to the official USB specification,
* however slightly more verbose alternate (non-standard) names are also supplied if the macro
* USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES is defined in the user project makefile and passed to the compiler at
* compilation time using the -D option.
*
* The non-standard names are documented here - if USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES is not defined, then all
* descriptors will contain elements named identically to the official USB specification. The alternately
* named descriptor elements are placed in the same order inside the descriptor structures as their officially
* named counterparts, thus they can be correlated easily with the official USB specification.
*/
#ifndef __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
#define __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../LowLevel/USBMode.h"
#include "Events.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
#include "../LowLevel/Device.h"
#endif
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Indicates that a given descriptor does not exist in the device. This can be used inside descriptors
* for string descriptor indexes, or may be use as a return value for GetDescriptor when the specified
* descriptor does not exist.
*/
#define NO_DESCRIPTOR 0
/** Macro to calculate the power value for the device descriptor, from a given number of milliamps. */
#define USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(x) (x >> 1)
/** Macro to calculate the Unicode length of a string with a given number of Unicode characters.
* Should be used in string descriptor's headers for giving the string descriptor's byte length.
*/
#define USB_STRING_LEN(x) (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + (x << 1))
/** Macro to encode a given four digit floating point version number (e.g. 01.23) into Binary Coded
* Decimal format for descriptor fields requiring BCD encoding, such as the USB version number in the
* standard device descriptor.
*/
#define VERSION_BCD(x) ((((VERSION_TENS(x) << 4) | VERSION_ONES(x)) << 8) | \
((VERSION_TENTHS(x) << 4) | VERSION_HUNDREDTHS(x)))
/** String language ID for the English language. Should be used in USB_Descriptor_Language_t descriptors
* to indicate that the English language is supported by the device in its string descriptors.
*/
#define LANGUAGE_ID_ENG 0x0409
/** Can be masked with an endpoint address for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t endpoint descriptor's
* EndpointAddress value to indicate to the host that the endpoint is of the IN direction (i.e, from
* device to host).
*/
#define ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN 0x80
/** Can be masked with an endpoint address for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t endpoint descriptor's
* EndpointAddress value to indicate to the host that the endpoint is of the OUT direction (i.e, from
* host to device).
*/
#define ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT 0x00
/** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
* descriptor's ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration can draw its power
* from the host's VBUS line.
*/
#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED 0b10000000
/** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
* descriptor's ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration can draw its power
* from the device's own power source.
*/
#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED 0b11000000
/** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
* descriptor's ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration supports the
* remote wakeup feature of the USB standard, allowing a suspended USB device to wake up the host upon
* request.
*/
#define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP 0b10100000
/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
* Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is not synchronized.
*
* \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC (0b00 << 2)
/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
* Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is asynchronous.
*
* \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ASYNC (0b01 << 2)
/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
* Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is adaptive.
*
* \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ADAPTIVE (0b10 << 2)
/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
* Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is synchronized.
*
* \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC (0b11 << 2)
/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
* Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for data transfers.
*
* \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA (0b00 << 4)
/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
* Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for feedback.
*
* \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_FEEDBACK (0b01 << 4)
/** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
* Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for implicit feedback.
*
* \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_USAGE_IMPLICIT_FEEDBACK (0b10 << 4)
/** Gives a void pointer to the specified descriptor (of any type). */
#define DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(Descriptor) ((void*)&Descriptor)
/* Events: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** This module raises the Device Error event while in device mode, if the USB_GetDescriptor()
* routine is not hooked in the user application to properly return descriptors to the library.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_DeviceError);
#endif
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible standard descriptor types, as given in each descriptor's header. */
enum USB_DescriptorTypes_t
{
DTYPE_Device = 0x01, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device descriptor. */
DTYPE_Configuration = 0x02, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a configuration descriptor. */
DTYPE_String = 0x03, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a string descriptor. */
DTYPE_Interface = 0x04, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface descriptor. */
DTYPE_Endpoint = 0x05, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an endpoint descriptor. */
DTYPE_DeviceQualifier = 0x06, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device qualifier descriptor. */
DTYPE_Other = 0x07, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is of other type. */
DTYPE_InterfacePower = 0x08, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface power descriptor. */
DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation = 0x0B, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface association descriptor. */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for all descriptor's header, indicating the descriptor's length and type.
*
* \note The non-standard structure element names are documented here - see the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more information on the two descriptor naming schemes. If the
* USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token is not set, this structure contains elements with names
* identical to those listed in the USB standard.
*/
typedef struct
{
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in DescriptorTypes_t or a value
* given by the specific class.
*/
#else
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
#endif
} USB_Descriptor_Header_t;
/** Type define for a standard device descriptor.
*
* \note The non-standard structure element names are documented here - see the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more information on the two descriptor naming schemes. If the
* USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token is not set, this structure contains elements with names
* identical to those listed in the USB standard.
*/
typedef struct
{
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification. */
uint8_t Class; /**< USB device class. */
uint8_t SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
uint8_t Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
uint8_t Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
uint16_t VendorID; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
uint16_t ProductID; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
uint16_t ReleaseNumber; /**< Product release (version) number. */
uint8_t ManufacturerStrIndex; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
* host will request this string via a seperate
* control request for the string descriptor.
*
* \note If no string supplied, use NO_DESCRIPTOR.
*/
uint8_t ProductStrIndex; /**< String index for the product name/details.
*
* \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
*/
uint8_t SerialNumStrIndex; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
* serial number, in uppercase Unicoded ASCII.
*
* \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
*/
uint8_t NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
* the device.
*/
#else
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint16_t bcdUSB;
uint8_t bDeviceClass;
uint8_t bDeviceSubClass;
uint8_t bDeviceProtocol;
uint8_t bMaxPacketSize0;
uint16_t idVendor;
uint16_t idProduct;
uint16_t bcdDevice;
uint8_t iManufacturer;
uint8_t iProduct;
uint8_t iSerialNumber;
uint8_t bNumConfigurations;
#endif
} USB_Descriptor_Device_t;
/** Type define for a standard configuration descriptor.
*
* \note The non-standard structure element names are documented here - see the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more information on the two descriptor naming schemes. If the
* USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token is not set, this structure contains elements with names
* identical to those listed in the USB standard.
*/
typedef struct
{
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
uint16_t TotalConfigurationSize; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
* and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
*/
uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
uint8_t ConfigurationNumber; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
uint8_t ConfigurationStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
uint8_t ConfigAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of zero or
* more USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
*/
uint8_t MaxPowerConsumption; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
* current configuration, calculated by the USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
* macro.
*/
#else
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint16_t wTotalLength;
uint8_t bNumInterfaces;
uint8_t bConfigurationValue;
uint8_t iConfiguration;
uint8_t bmAttributes;
uint8_t bMaxPower;
#endif
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
/** Type define for a standard interface descriptor.
*
* \note The non-standard structure element names are documented here - see the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more information on the two descriptor naming schemes. If the
* USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token is not set, this structure contains elements with names
* identical to those listed in the USB standard.
*/
typedef struct
{
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
* interface number can have multiple alternate settings
* with different endpoint configurations, which can be
* selected by the host.
*/
uint8_t TotalEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
uint8_t InterfaceStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
* interface.
*/
#else
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint8_t bInterfaceNumber;
uint8_t bAlternateSetting;
uint8_t bNumEndpoints;
uint8_t bInterfaceClass;
uint8_t bInterfaceSubClass;
uint8_t bInterfaceProtocol;
uint8_t iInterface;
#endif
} USB_Descriptor_Interface_t;
/** Type define for a standard interface association descriptor.
*
* This descriptor has been added as a suppliment to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
* <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows compound
* devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
* together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
* function. Read the ECN for more information.
*
* \note The non-standard structure element names are documented here - see the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more information on the two descriptor naming schemes. If the
* USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token is not set, this structure contains elements with names
* identical to those listed in the USB standard.
*/
typedef struct
{
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
uint8_t FirstInterfaceIndex; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /** Total number of associated interfaces. */
uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
uint8_t IADStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
* interface association.
*/
#else
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint8_t bFirstInterface;
uint8_t bInterfaceCount;
uint8_t bFunctionClass;
uint8_t bFunctionSubClass;
uint8_t bFunctionProtocol;
uint8_t iFunction;
#endif
} USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t;
/** Type define for a standard endpoint descriptor.
*
* \note The non-standard structure element names are documented here - see the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more information on the two descriptor naming schemes. If the
* USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token is not set, this structure contains elements with names
* identical to those listed in the USB standard.
*/
typedef struct
{
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
uint8_t EndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device
* for the current configuration, including direction
* mask.
*/
uint8_t Attributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the
* endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*) and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*)
* masks.
*/
uint16_t EndpointSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the
* maximum packet size that the endpoint can receive at a time.
*/
uint8_t PollingIntervalMS; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpont
* if it is an INTERRUPT or ISOCHRONOUS type.
*/
#else
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
uint8_t bEndpointAddress;
uint8_t bmAttributes;
uint16_t wMaxPacketSize;
uint8_t bInterval;
#endif
} USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t;
/** Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
* of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the USB_STRING_LEN()
* macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
*
* This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
* the device as an array.
*
* \note The non-standard structure element names are documented here - see the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more information on the two descriptor naming schemes. If the
* USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token is not set, this structure contains elements with names
* identical to those listed in the USB standard.
*/
typedef struct
{
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
int16_t UnicodeString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively,
* string language IDs). If normal ASCII characters are
* to be used, they must be added as an array of characters
* rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
* Unicode size.
*
* Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before
* the opening string quotation mark) are considered to be
* Unicode strings, and may be used instead of an explicit
* array of ASCII characters.
*/
#else
uint8_t bLength;
uint8_t bDescriptorType;
int16_t bString[];
#endif
} USB_Descriptor_String_t;
typedef struct
{
uint16_t Size;
void* Address;
} USB_Descriptor_Details_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Function to retrieve a given descriptor's size and memory location from the given descriptor type value,
* index and language ID. This function MUST be overridden in the user application (added with full, identical
* prototype and name except for the ATTR_WEAK attribute) so that the library can call it to retrieve descriptor
* data.
*
* \param wValue The type of the descriptor to retrieve in the upper byte, and the index in the
* lower byte (when more than one descriptor of the given type exists, such as the
* case of string descriptors). The type may be one of the standard types defined
* in the DescriptorTypes_t enum, or may be a class-specific descriptor type value.
* \param wIndex The language ID of the string to return if the wValue type indicates DTYPE_String,
* otherwise zero for standard descriptors, or as defined in a class-specific
* standards.
* \param DescriptorAddress Pointer to the descriptor in memory. This should be set by the routine to
* the location of the descriptor, found by the DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS macro.
*
* \note By default, the library expects all descriptors to be located in flash memory via the PROGMEM attribute.
* If descriptors should be located in RAM or EEPROM instead (to speed up access in the case of RAM, or to
* allow the descriptors to be changed dynamically at runtime) either the USE_SRAM_DESCRIPTORS or the
* USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS tokens may be defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler by the -D
* switch.
*
* \return Size in bytes of the descriptor if it exists, zero or NO_DESCRIPTOR otherwise
*/
uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define VERSION_TENS(x) (int)(x / 10)
#define VERSION_ONES(x) (int)(x - (10 * VERSION_TENS(x)))
#define VERSION_TENTHS(x) (int)((x - (int)x) * 10)
#define VERSION_HUNDREDTHS(x) (int)(((x - (int)x) * 100) - (10 * VERSION_TENTHS(x)))
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

252
LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "../LowLevel/USBMode.h"
#include "USBInterrupt.h"
void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
{
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER)
USBCON &= ~((1 << VBUSTE) | (1 << IDTE));
#elif defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
UHIEN = 0;
OTGIEN = 0;
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
UDIEN = 0;
#endif
}
void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
{
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
USBINT = 0;
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
UHINT = 0;
OTGINT = 0;
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
UDINT = 0;
#endif
}
ISR(USB_GEN_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUS) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUS))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUS);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_VBUSChange);
if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
{
RAISE_EVENT(USB_VBUSConnect);
if (USB_IsConnected)
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
USB_ResetInterface();
USB_IsConnected = true;
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Connect);
}
else
{
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
USB_Detach();
USB_CLK_Freeze();
USB_PLL_Off();
USB_REG_Off();
USB_IsConnected = false;
RAISE_EVENT(USB_VBUSDisconnect);
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUS);
}
}
#endif
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPEND) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPEND))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPEND);
USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPEND);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUP);
USB_CLK_Freeze();
if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
USB_PLL_Off();
USB_IsSuspended = true;
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Suspend);
#if defined(USB_LIMITED_CONTROLLER) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
if (USB_IsConnected)
{
USB_IsConnected = false;
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
}
#endif
}
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUP) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUP))
{
if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
{
USB_PLL_On();
while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
}
USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUP);
USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUP);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPEND);
#if defined(USB_LIMITED_CONTROLLER) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
{
USB_IsConnected = true;
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Connect);
}
#endif
USB_IsSuspended = false;
RAISE_EVENT(USB_WakeUp);
}
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
USB_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPEND);
USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPEND);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUP);
Endpoint_ClearEndpoints();
Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, USB_ControlEndpointSize,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Reset);
}
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceUnattached);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
USB_ResetInterface();
}
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
RAISE_EVENT(USB_HostError, HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceUnattached);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
}
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SRPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SRPI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SRPI);
USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SRPI);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceAttached);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Attached;
}
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed, HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceUnattached);
if (USB_IsConnected)
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
USB_ResetInterface();
}
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
if (USB_IsConnected)
{
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceUnattached);
else
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
}
RAISE_EVENT(USB_UIDChange);
USB_ResetInterface();
}
#endif
}

224
LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main USB interrupt vector handler. This file manages the main USB interrupt vector, for handling such
* events as VBUS interrupts (on supported USB AVR models), device connections and disconnections, etc.
*/
#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_H__
#define __USBINTERRUPT_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../LowLevel/LowLevel.h"
#include "../LowLevel/USBMode.h"
#include "Events.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Vector name for the common endpoint and pipe vector. This can be used to write an ISR handler
* for the endpoint and pipe events, to make certain USB functions interrupt rather than poll
* driven.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect USB_COM_vect
/** Enables the given USB interrupt vector (such as the ENDPOINT_INT_* and PIPE_INT_* vectors in
* Endpoint.h and Pipe.h).
*/
#define USB_INT_Enable(int) MACROS{ USB_INT_GET_EN_REG(int) |= USB_INT_GET_EN_MASK(int); }MACROE
/** Disables the given USB interrupt vector.
*
* \see USB_INT_Enable()
*/
#define USB_INT_Disable(int) MACROS{ USB_INT_GET_EN_REG(int) &= ~(USB_INT_GET_EN_MASK(int)); }MACROE
/** Resets the given USB interrupt flag, so that the interrupt is re-primed for the next firing. */
#define USB_INT_Clear(int) MACROS{ USB_INT_GET_INT_REG(int) &= ~(USB_INT_GET_INT_MASK(int)); }MACROE
/** Returns boolean false if the given USB interrupt is disabled, or true if the interrupt is currently
* enabled.
*/
#define USB_INT_IsEnabled(int) ((USB_INT_GET_EN_REG(int) & USB_INT_GET_EN_MASK(int)) ? true : false)
/** Returns boolean true if the given interrupt flag is set (i.e. the condition for the interrupt has occurred,
* but the interrupt vector is not neccesarily enabled), otherwise returns false.
*/
#define USB_INT_HasOccurred(int) ((USB_INT_GET_INT_REG(int) & USB_INT_GET_INT_MASK(int)) ? true : false)
/* Throwable Events: */
/** This module raises the USB Connected interrupt when the AVR is attached to a host while in device
* USB mode.
*
* \note For the smaller USB AVRs (AT90USBXX2) with limited USB controllers, VBUS is not available to the USB controller.
* this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
* which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
* needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behaviour turned off by
* passing the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
* and disconnection events may be manually fired by RAISE_EVENT(), and the USB_IsConnected global changed manually.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_Connect);
/** This module raises the USB Disconnected interrupt when the AVR is removed from a host while in
* device USB mode.
*
* \note For the smaller USB AVRs (AT90USBXX2) with limited USB controllers, VBUS is not available to the USB controller.
* this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
* which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
* needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behaviour turned off by
* passing the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
* and disconnection events may be manually fired by RAISE_EVENT(), and the USB_IsConnected global changed manually.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** This module raises the VBUS Change event when the current VBUS status (present or not present) has
* changed.
*
* \note Not all USB AVR models support VBUS interrupts; this event only exists on supported AVRs.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_VBUSChange);
/** This module raises the VBUS Connect event when the VBUS line is powered.
*
* \note Not all USB AVR models support VBUS interrupts; this event only exists on supported AVRs.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_VBUSConnect);
/** This module raises the VBUS Disconnect event when power is removed from the VBUS line.
*
* \note Not all USB AVR models support VBUS interrupts; this event only exists on supported AVRs.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_VBUSDisconnect);
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** This module raises the Suspended event when the host suspends the USB interface of the AVR
* whilst running in device mode.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_Suspend);
/** This module raises the Wake Up event when the host resumes the USB interface of the AVR
* whilst running in device mode.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_WakeUp);
/** This module raises the USB Reset event when the host resets the USB interface of the AVR
* whilst running in device mode.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_Reset);
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** This module raises the Host Error event when the VBUS line voltage dips below the minimum threshold
* while running in host mode.
*
* \note Not all USB AVR models support host mode; this event only exists on supported AVRs.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_HostError);
/** This module raises the Device Unattached event when an attached device is removed from the AVR whilst
* running in host mode.
*
* \note Not all USB AVR models support host mode; this event only exists on supported AVRs.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_DeviceUnattached);
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** This module raises the UID Change event when the UID line changes in value on dual-role devices.
*
* \note Not all USB AVR models support host mode and thus the UID pin; this event only exists on
* supported AVRs.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_UIDChange);
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define USB_INT_GET_EN_REG(a, b, c, d) a
#define USB_INT_GET_EN_MASK(a, b, c, d) b
#define USB_INT_GET_INT_REG(a, b, c, d) c
#define USB_INT_GET_INT_MASK(a, b, c, d) d
#define USB_INT_VBUS USBCON, (1 << VBUSTE) , USBINT, (1 << VBUSTI)
#define USB_INT_IDTI USBCON, (1 << IDTE) , USBINT, (1 << IDTI)
#define USB_INT_WAKEUP UDIEN , (1 << WAKEUPE), UDINT , (1 << WAKEUPI)
#define USB_INT_SUSPEND UDIEN , (1 << SUSPE) , UDINT , (1 << SUSPI)
#define USB_INT_EORSTI UDIEN , (1 << EORSTE) , UDINT , (1 << EORSTI)
#define USB_INT_DCONNI UHIEN , (1 << DCONNE) , UHINT , (1 << DCONNI)
#define USB_INT_DDISCI UHIEN , (1 << DDISCE) , UHINT , (1 << DDISCI)
#define USB_INT_BCERRI OTGIEN, (1 << BCERRE) , OTGINT, (1 << BCERRI)
#define USB_INT_VBERRI OTGIEN, (1 << VBERRE) , OTGINT, (1 << VBERRI)
#define USB_INT_SOFI UDIEN, (1 << SOFE) , UDINT , (1 << SOFI)
#define USB_INT_HSOFI UHIEN, (1 << HSOFE) , UHINT , (1 << HSOFI)
#define USB_INT_RSTI UHIEN , (1 << RSTE) , UHINT , (1 << RSTI)
#define USB_INT_SRPI OTGIEN, (1 << SRPE) , OTGINT, (1 << SRPI)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

253
LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "../LowLevel/USBMode.h"
#define INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C
#include "USBTask.h"
volatile bool USB_IsSuspended;
volatile bool USB_IsConnected;
volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
#endif
TASK(USB_USBTask)
{
#if defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
USB_HostTask();
#elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
USB_DeviceTask();
#else
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_DEVICE)
USB_DeviceTask();
else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
USB_HostTask();
#endif
}
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
static void USB_DeviceTask(void)
{
if (USB_IsConnected)
{
uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
if (Endpoint_IsSetupReceived())
{
ATOMIC_BLOCK(ATOMIC_RESTORESTATE)
{
USB_Device_ProcessControlPacket();
}
}
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
}
}
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
static void USB_HostTask(void)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
static uint8_t PostWaitState;
switch (USB_HostState)
{
case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
if (WaitMSRemaining)
{
if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
{
USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
break;
}
WaitMSRemaining--;
}
else
{
USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
}
break;
case HOST_STATE_Attached:
WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Attached_WaitForDeviceSettle;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Attached_WaitForDeviceSettle:
_delay_ms(1);
if (!(WaitMSRemaining--))
{
USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
USB_OTGPAD_On();
USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Attached_WaitForConnect;
}
break;
case HOST_STATE_Attached_WaitForConnect:
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
USB_IsConnected = true;
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Connect);
USB_Host_ResumeBus();
Pipe_ClearPipes();
HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Attached_DoReset);
}
break;
case HOST_STATE_Attached_DoReset:
USB_Host_ResetDevice();
HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered);
break;
case HOST_STATE_Powered:
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE,
PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
{
ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
SubErrorCode = 0;
break;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
break;
case HOST_STATE_Default:
USB_HostRequest = (USB_Host_Request_Header_t)
{
bmRequestType: (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
bRequest: REQ_GetDescriptor,
wValue: (DTYPE_Device << 8),
wIndex: 0,
wLength: PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE,
};
uint8_t DataBuffer[PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE];
if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
break;
}
#if defined(USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES)
USB_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
#else
USB_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, bMaxPacketSize0)];
#endif
USB_Host_ResetDevice();
HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
break;
case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
Pipe_DisablePipe();
Pipe_DeallocateMemory();
Pipe_ResetPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE,
USB_ControlPipeSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
{
ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
SubErrorCode = 0;
break;
}
Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
USB_HostRequest = (USB_Host_Request_Header_t)
{
bmRequestType: (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
bRequest: REQ_SetAddress,
wValue: USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
wIndex: 0,
wLength: 0,
};
if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
break;
}
HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
break;
case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
break;
}
if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
{
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed, ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceUnattached);
if (USB_IsConnected)
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
USB_ResetInterface();
}
}
#endif

198
LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main library USB management task for both Host and Device mode operations. This contains the master
* USB_USBTask task which should be periodically run to service both host and device USB projects.
*/
#ifndef __USBTASK_H__
#define __USBTASK_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <util/atomic.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include "../../../Scheduler/Scheduler.h"
#include "../LowLevel/LowLevel.h"
#include "../LowLevel/HostChapter9.h"
#include "../LowLevel/USBMode.h"
#include "Events.h"
#include "StdDescriptors.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Global Variables: */
/** Indicates if the USB interface is currently connected to a host if in device mode, or to a
* device while running in host mode.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*
* \note For the smaller USB AVRs (AT90USBXX2) with limited USB controllers, VBUS is not available to the USB controller.
* this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
* which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
* needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behaviour turned off by
* passing the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
* and disconnection events may be manually fired by RAISE_EVENT(), and the USB_IsConnected global changed manually.
*/
extern volatile bool USB_IsConnected;
/** Indicates if the USB interface is currently initialized but not neccesarily connected to a host
* or device (i.e. if USB_Init() has been run). If this is false, all other library globals are invalid.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*/
extern volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Indicates if the USB interface is currently suspended by the host when in device mode. When suspended,
* the device should consume minimal power, and cannot communicate to the host. If Remote Wakeup is
* supported by the device and USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled is true, suspension can be terminated by the device
* by issuing a Remote Wakup request.
*
* \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB device.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*/
extern volatile bool USB_IsSuspended;
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Indicates the current host state machine state. When in host mode, this indicates the state
* via one of the values of the USB_Host_States_t enum values in Host.h.
*
* This value may be altered by the user application to implement the HOST_STATE_Addressed,
* HOST_STATE_Configured, HOST_STATE_Ready and HOST_STATE_Suspended states which are not implemented
* by the library.
*
* \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB host.
*/
extern volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
#endif
/* Throwable Events: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** This module raises the USB Connect event when a USB device has been connected whilst in host
* mode, but not yet enumerated.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_Connect);
/** This module raises the USB Device Attached event when in host mode, and a device is attached
* to the AVR's USB interface.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_DeviceAttached);
/** This module raises the USB Device Unattached event when in host mode, and a device is removed
* from the AVR's USB interface.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_DeviceUnattached);
/** This module raises the USB Device Enumeration Failed event when in host mode, and an
* attached USB device has failed to successfully enumerated.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed);
/** This module raises the USB Device Enumeration Complete event when in host mode, and an
* attached USB device has been successfully enumerated and ready to be used by the user
* application.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete);
/** This module raises the USB Disconnect event when an attached USB device is removed from the USB
* bus.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
#endif
/* Tasks: */
/** This is the main USB management task. The USB driver requires that this task be executed
* continuously when the USB system is active (device attached in host mode, or attached to a host
* in device mode) in order to manage USB communications. This task may be executed inside an RTOS,
* scheduler (e.g. the simple LUFA Scheduler), fast timer ISR or the main user application loop.
*
* The USB task must be serviced within 50mS in all modes, when needed. The task may be serviced
* at all times, or (for minimum CPU consumption):
*
* - In device mode, it may be disabled at startup, enabled on the firing of the USB_Connect event
* and disabled again on the firing of the USB_Disconnect event.
*
* - In host mode, it may be disabled at startup, enabled on the firing of the USB_DeviceAttached
* event and disabled again on the firing of the USB_DeviceUnattached event.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on the USB events.
*/
TASK(USB_USBTask);
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C)
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
static void USB_HostTask(void);
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
static void USB_DeviceTask(void);
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
#define HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(duration, nextstate) {USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice; WaitMSRemaining = duration; PostWaitState = nextstate; }
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

313
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "USBMode.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DEVCHAPTER9_C
#include "DevChapter9.h"
uint8_t USB_ConfigurationNumber;
bool USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
bool USB_CurrentlySelfPowered;
void USB_Device_ProcessControlPacket(void)
{
uint8_t bmRequestType = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
uint8_t bRequest = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
bool RequestHandled = false;
switch (bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetStatus:
if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
(bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
{
USB_Device_GetStatus(bmRequestType);
RequestHandled = true;
}
break;
#if !defined(NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST)
case REQ_ClearFeature:
case REQ_SetFeature:
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
{
USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(bRequest, bmRequestType);
RequestHandled = true;
}
break;
#endif
case REQ_SetAddress:
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
{
USB_Device_SetAddress();
RequestHandled = true;
}
break;
case REQ_GetDescriptor:
if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
(bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
{
USB_Device_GetDescriptor();
RequestHandled = true;
}
break;
case REQ_GetConfiguration:
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
{
USB_Device_GetConfiguration();
RequestHandled = true;
}
break;
case REQ_SetConfiguration:
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
{
USB_Device_SetConfiguration();
RequestHandled = true;
}
break;
}
if (!(RequestHandled))
RAISE_EVENT(USB_UnhandledControlPacket, bRequest, bmRequestType);
if (Endpoint_IsSetupReceived())
{
Endpoint_StallTransaction();
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
}
}
static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void)
{
uint8_t wValue_LSB = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
UDADDR = ((1 << ADDEN) | (wValue_LSB & 0x7F));
return;
}
static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void)
{
uint8_t wValue_LSB = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
bool AlreadyConfigured = (USB_ConfigurationNumber != 0);
#if defined(USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION)
if (wValue_LSB > 1)
#else
USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DevDescriptorPtr;
if ((USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DevDescriptorPtr) == NO_DESCRIPTOR) ||
#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
(wValue_LSB > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations))
#elif defined (USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
(wValue_LSB > eeprom_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
#else
(wValue_LSB > pgm_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
#endif
#endif
{
return;
}
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
USB_ConfigurationNumber = wValue_LSB;
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
if (!(AlreadyConfigured) && USB_ConfigurationNumber)
RAISE_EVENT(USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete);
RAISE_EVENT(USB_ConfigurationChanged);
}
void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
Endpoint_Write_Byte(USB_ConfigurationNumber);
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
}
static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void)
{
uint16_t wValue = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
uint16_t wIndex = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
uint16_t wLength = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
void* DescriptorPointer;
uint16_t DescriptorSize;
bool SendZLP;
if ((DescriptorSize = USB_GetDescriptor(wValue, wIndex, &DescriptorPointer)) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
return;
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
if (wLength > DescriptorSize)
wLength = DescriptorSize;
while (wLength)
{
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()))
{
if (Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived())
{
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
return;
}
}
while (wLength && (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() < USB_ControlEndpointSize))
{
#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
Endpoint_Write_Byte(*((uint8_t*)DescriptorPointer++));
#elif defined (USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
Endpoint_Write_Byte(eeprom_read_byte(DescriptorPointer++));
#else
Endpoint_Write_Byte(pgm_read_byte(DescriptorPointer++));
#endif
wLength--;
}
SendZLP = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == USB_ControlEndpointSize);
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
}
if (SendZLP)
{
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
}
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
}
static void USB_Device_GetStatus(const uint8_t bmRequestType)
{
uint8_t CurrentStatus = 0;
Endpoint_Discard_Word();
uint8_t wIndex_LSB = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
switch (bmRequestType)
{
case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE):
if (USB_CurrentlySelfPowered)
CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED;
if (USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled)
CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED;
break;
case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT):
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(wIndex_LSB);
CurrentStatus = Endpoint_IsStalled();
break;
}
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(CurrentStatus);
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
}
#if !defined(NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST)
static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(const uint8_t bRequest, const uint8_t bmRequestType)
{
uint16_t wValue = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
uint16_t wIndex = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
switch (bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)
{
case REQREC_ENDPOINT:
if (wValue == FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT)
{
uint8_t EndpointIndex = (wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
if (EndpointIndex != ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
{
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
if (Endpoint_IsEnabled())
{
if (bRequest == REQ_ClearFeature)
{
Endpoint_ClearStall();
Endpoint_ResetFIFO(EndpointIndex);
Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
}
else
{
Endpoint_StallTransaction();
}
}
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
}
}
break;
}
}
#endif
#endif

135
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Module for device mode request processing. This module allows for the processing of standard control
* requests to the default control endpoint while in device mode.
*
* \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
*/
#ifndef __DEVCHAPTER9_H__
#define __DEVCHAPTER9_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/eeprom.h>
#include "../HighLevel/StdDescriptors.h"
#include "../HighLevel/Events.h"
#include "LowLevel.h"
#include "StdRequestType.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Global Variables: */
/** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the device. USB devices may have several
* different configurations which the host can select between; this indicates the currently selected
* value, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
*
* If a device has only one single configuration, the token USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION may be
* defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler using the -D switch. This optimize for
* a single configuration, saving a small amount of space in the resulting compiled binary.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*/
extern uint8_t USB_ConfigurationNumber;
/** Indicates if the host is currently allowing the device to issue remote wakeup events. If this
* flag is cleared, the device should not issue remote wakeup events to the host.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*/
extern bool USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
/** Indicates if the device is currently being powered by its own power supply, rather than being
* powered by the host's USB supply. This flag should remain cleared if the device does not
* support self powered mode, as indicated in the device descriptors.
*/
extern bool USB_CurrentlySelfPowered;
/* Throwable Events: */
/** This module raises the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event when a request to the default control
* endpoint has been received, but the library does not implement an internal handler for it.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_UnhandledControlPacket);
/** This module raises the USB_ConfigurationChanged event when the host issues a REQ_SetConfiguration
* device request, to change the currently selected configuration number.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_ConfigurationChanged);
/** This module raises the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event when the host has completed its
* enumeration of the device (i.e. when a REQ_SetConfiguration request changes the current configuration
* number from 0 to a non-zero value).
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete);
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
#error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
void USB_Device_ProcessControlPacket(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DEVCHAPTER9_C)
static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void);
static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void);
static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void);
static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void);
static void USB_Device_GetStatus(const uint8_t bmRequestType);
#if !defined(NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST)
static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(const uint8_t bRequest, const uint8_t bmRequestType);
#endif
#endif
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

126
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device mode related macros and enums. This module contains macros and enums which are used when
* the USB controller is initialized in device mode.
*/
#ifndef __USBDEVICE_H__
#define __USBDEVICE_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/eeprom.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../HighLevel/StdDescriptors.h"
#include "Endpoint.h"
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Mask for the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
* USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
*
* \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
*
* \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
* when running in low speed mode -- refer to the USB 2.0 standard.
*/
#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
#endif
/** Mask for the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
* USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
*/
#define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
/** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
* be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
*
* Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
* host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
*
* \note This macro should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
* supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
* issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
* the USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set, see DevChapter9.h documentation).
*
* \see StdDescriptors.h for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
*/
#define USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() MACROS{ UDCON |= (1 << RMWKUP); }MACROE
/** Indicates if a Remote Wakeup request is being sent to the host. This returns true if a
* remote wakeup is currently being sent, false otherwise.
*
* This can be used in conjunction with the USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macro to determine if
* a sent RMWAKEUP request was accepted or rejected by the host.
*
* \note This macro should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
* supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors.
*
* \see StdDescriptors.h for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
*/
#define USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() ((UDCON & (1 << RMWKUP)) ? false : true)
/** Indicates if the device is currently suspended by the host. While suspended, the device is
* to enter a low power state until resumed by the host. While suspended no USB traffic to or
* from the device can ocurr (except for Remote Wakeup requests).
*
* This macro returns true if the USB communications have been suspended by the host, false
* otherwise.
*/
#define USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() ((UDINT & (1 << SUSPI)) ? true : false)
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the ErrorCode parameter of the USB_DeviceError event.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
enum USB_Device_ErrorCodes_t
{
DEVICE_ERROR_GetDescriptorNotHooked = 0, /**< Indicates that the GetDescriptor() method
* has not been hooked by the user application.
*
* \see StdDescriptors.h for more information on
* the GetDescriptor() method.
*/
};
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define USB_Device_SetLowSpeed() MACROS{ UDCON |= (1 << LSM); }MACROE
#define USB_Device_SetHighSpeed() MACROS{ UDCON &= ~(1 << LSM); }MACROE
#endif
#endif

387
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "USBMode.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_ENDPOINT_C
#include "Endpoint.h"
#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
uint8_t USB_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
#endif
#if !defined(STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION)
bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Number, const uint8_t Type, const uint8_t Direction,
const uint16_t Size, const uint8_t Banks)
{
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
UECFG1X = 0;
UECFG0X = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Direction);
UECFG1X = ((1 << ALLOC) | Banks | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
}
#else
bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointStatic(const uint8_t Number, const uint8_t UECFG0XData, const uint8_t UECFG1XData)
{
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
UECFG1X = 0;
UECFG0X = UECFG0XData;
UECFG1X = UECFG1XData;
return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
}
#endif
void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
{
UEINT = 0;
for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
{
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
UEIENX = 0;
UEINTX = 0;
Endpoint_DeallocateMemory();
Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
}
}
uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
{
uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
while (!(Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
if (!(USB_IsConnected))
return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
}
}
return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
Endpoint_Discard_Byte();
}
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
Endpoint_Write_Byte(*(DataStream++));
}
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)(Buffer + Length - 1);
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
Endpoint_Write_Byte(*(DataStream--));
}
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
*(DataStream++) = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
}
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)(Buffer + Length - 1);
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
*(DataStream--) = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
}
return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
bool SendZLP = true;
while (Length && !(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()))
{
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
while (Length && (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() < USB_ControlEndpointSize))
{
Endpoint_Write_Byte(*(DataStream++));
Length--;
}
SendZLP = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == USB_ControlEndpointSize);
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
}
if (Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived())
return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_ERROR_HostAborted;
if (SendZLP)
{
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
}
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)(Buffer + Length - 1);
bool SendZLP = true;
while (Length && !(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()))
{
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
while (Length && (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() < USB_ControlEndpointSize))
{
Endpoint_Write_Byte(*(DataStream--));
Length--;
}
SendZLP = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == USB_ControlEndpointSize);
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
}
if (Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived())
return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_ERROR_HostAborted;
if (SendZLP)
{
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
}
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
while (Length)
{
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
{
*(DataStream++) = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
Length--;
}
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
}
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)(Buffer + Length - 1);
while (Length)
{
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
{
*(DataStream--) = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
Length--;
}
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
}
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
#endif

842
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,842 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
* module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
* send/recieve functions for various datatypes.
*/
#ifndef __ENDPOINT_H__
#define __ENDPOINT_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../HighLevel/USBTask.h"
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#include "StreamCallbacks.h"
#endif
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint data direction mask for Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(). This indicates that the endpoint
* should be initialized in the OUT direction - i.e. data flows from host to device.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT 0
/** Endpoint data direction mask for Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(). This indicates that the endpoint
* should be initialized in the IN direction - i.e. data flows from device to host.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_DIR_IN (1 << EPDIR)
/** Mask for the bank mode selection for the Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() macro. This indicates
* that the endpoint should have one single bank, which requires less USB FIFO memory but results
* in slower transfers as only one USB device (the AVR or the host) can access the endpoint's
* bank at the one time.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE 0
/** Mask for the bank mode selection for the Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() macro. This indicates
* that the endpoint should have two banks, which requires more USB FIFO memory but results
* in faster transfers as one USB device (the AVR or the host) can access one bank while the other
* accesses the second bank.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_BANK_DOUBLE (1 << EPBK0)
/** Endpoint address for the default control endpoint, which always resides in address 0. This is
* defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the endpoint macros.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
/** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
* in the device descriptor. Not available if the FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
*/
#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
#define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
#endif
/** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
* numerical address in the device.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK 0b111
/** Endpoint bank size mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
* bank size in the device.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_EPSIZE_MASK 0x7FF
/** Maximum size in bytes of a given endpoint.
*
* \param n Endpoint number, a value between 0 and (ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS - 1)
*/
#define ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(n) _ENDPOINT_GET_MAXSIZE(n)
/** Indicates if the given endpoint supports double banking.
*
* \param n Endpoint number, a value between 0 and (ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS - 1)
*/
#define ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED(n) _ENDPOINT_GET_DOUBLEBANK(n)
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
* be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
* this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 7
#else
#define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 5
#endif
/** Interrupt definition for the endpoint SETUP interrupt (for CONTROL type endpoints). Should be
* used with the USB_INT_* macros located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on a CONTROL type endpoint if a new control packet is
* received from the host.
*/
#define ENDPOINT_INT_SETUP UEIENX, (1 << RXSTPE), UEINTX, (1 << RXSTPI)
/** Interrupt definition for the endpoint IN interrupt (for INTERRUPT type endpoints). Should be
* used with the USB_INT_* macros located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on an INTERRUPT type endpoint if a the endpoint interrupt
* period has elapsed and the endpoint is ready for a new packet to be written to its FIFO buffer
* (if required).
*/
#define ENDPOINT_INT_IN UEIENX, (1 << TXINE) , UEINTX, (1 << TXINI)
/** Interrupt definition for the endpoint OUT interrupt (for INTERRUPT type endpoints). Should be
* used with the USB_INT_* macros located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on an INTERRUPT type endpoint if a the endpoint interrupt
* period has elapsed and the endpoint is ready for a packet from the host to be read from its
* FIFO buffer (if received).
*/
#define ENDPOINT_INT_OUT UEIENX, (1 << RXOUTE), UEINTX, (1 << RXOUTI)
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank. */
#define Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() UEBCX
#else
#define Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() UEBCLX
#endif
/** Returns the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
* the currently selected endpoint number so that it can be restored after another endpoint has
* been manipulated.
*/
#define Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint() (UENUM & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK)
/** Selects the given endpoint number. If the address from the device descriptors is used, the
* value should be masked with the ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK constant to extract only the endpoint
* number (and discarding the endpoint direction bit).
*
* Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint number to be indicated will operate on
* the currently selected endpoint.
*/
#define Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(epnum) MACROS{ UENUM = epnum; }MACROE
/** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
* In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
*/
#define Endpoint_ResetFIFO(epnum) MACROS{ UERST = (1 << epnum); UERST = 0; }MACROE
/** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
* and from a host.
*
* \note Endpoints must first be configured properly rather than just being enabled via the
* Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() macro, which calls Endpoint_EnableEndpoint() automatically.
*/
#define Endpoint_EnableEndpoint() MACROS{ UECONX |= (1 << EPEN); }MACROE
/** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
* to and from a host.
*/
#define Endpoint_DisableEndpoint() MACROS{ UECONX &= ~(1 << EPEN); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, false otherwise. */
#define Endpoint_IsEnabled() ((UECONX & (1 << EPEN)) ? true : false)
/** Returns true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
* bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an
* IN direction). This function will return false if an error has occured in the endpoint, or if
* the endpoint is an OUT direction and no packet has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
* direction and the endpoint bank is full.
*/
#define Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed() ((UEINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false)
/** Returns true if the currently selected endpoint is configured, false otherwise. */
#define Endpoint_IsConfigured() ((UESTA0X & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false)
/** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
* interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
* masking the return value against (1 << {Endpoint Number}).
*/
#define Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() UEINT
/** Clears the endpoint interrupt flag. This clears the specified endpoint number's interrupt
* mask in the endpoint interrupt flag register.
*/
#define Endpoint_ClearEndpointInterrupt(n) MACROS{ UEINT &= ~(1 << n); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
* endpoints), false otherwise.
*/
#define Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(n) ((UEINT & (1 << n)) ? true : false)
/** Clears the currently selected endpoint bank, and switches to the alternate bank if the currently
* selected endpoint is dual-banked. When cleared, this either frees the bank up for the next packet
* from the host (if the endpoint is of the OUT direction) or sends the packet contents to the host
* (if the endpoint is of the IN direction).
*/
#define Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() MACROS{ UEINTX &= ~(1 << FIFOCON); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the current CONTROL type endpoint is ready for an IN packet, false otherwise. */
#define Endpoint_IsSetupINReady() ((UEINTX & (1 << TXINI)) ? true : false)
/** Returns true if the current CONTROL type endpoint is ready for an OUT packet, false otherwise. */
#define Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived() ((UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI)) ? true : false)
/** Returns true if the current CONTROL type endpoint is ready for a SETUP packet, false otherwise. */
#define Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() ((UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI)) ? true : false)
/** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint. */
#define Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() MACROS{ UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI); }MACROE
/** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint. */
#define Endpoint_ClearSetupIN() MACROS{ UEINTX &= ~(1 << TXINI); }MACROE
/** Acknowedges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing
* up the endpoint for the next packet.
*/
#define Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT() MACROS{ UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXOUTI); }MACROE
/** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occured with the
* indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
* way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
* aborted and the host can begin its own recovery seqeuence.
*
* The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
* is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
* endpoint.
*/
#define Endpoint_StallTransaction() MACROS{ UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQ); }MACROE
/** Clears the stall on the currently selected endpoint. */
#define Endpoint_ClearStall() MACROS{ UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQC); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, false othewise. */
#define Endpoint_IsStalled() ((UECONX & (1 << STALLRQ)) ? true : false)
/** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
#define Endpoint_ResetDataToggle() MACROS{ UECONX |= (1 << RSTDT); }MACROE
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Endpoint_WaitUntilReady function */
enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
{
ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
* transfer by the host or device.
*/
ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
* waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
*/
ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 3, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
* within the software timeout period set by the
* USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
*/
};
/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Endpoint_*_Stream_* functions. */
enum Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
{
ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
* transfer by the host or device.
*/
ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_DeviceDisconnected = 1, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
* the transfer.
*/
ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout = 2, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
* within the software timeout period set by the
* USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
*/
ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted = 3, /**< Indicates that the stream's callback function
* aborted the transfer early.
*/
};
/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Endpoint_*_Control_Stream_* functions. */
enum Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
{
ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_ERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_ERROR_HostAborted = 1, /**< The aborted the transfer prematurely. */
};
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints. */
static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Byte(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Byte(void)
{
return UEDATX;
}
/** Writes one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints. */
static inline void Endpoint_Write_Byte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
UEDATX = Byte;
}
/** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints. */
static inline void Endpoint_Discard_Byte(void)
{
uint8_t Dummy;
Dummy = UEDATX;
}
/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
* direction endpoints.
*/
static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_Word_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_Word_LE(void)
{
uint16_t Data;
Data = UEDATX;
Data |= (((uint16_t)UEDATX) << 8);
return Data;
}
/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
* direction endpoints.
*/
static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_Word_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_Word_BE(void)
{
uint16_t Data;
Data = (((uint16_t)UEDATX) << 8);
Data |= UEDATX;
return Data;
}
/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
* direction endpoints.
*/
static inline void Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(const uint16_t Word)
{
UEDATX = (Word & 0xFF);
UEDATX = (Word >> 8);
}
/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
* direction endpoints.
*/
static inline void Endpoint_Write_Word_BE(const uint16_t Word)
{
UEDATX = (Word >> 8);
UEDATX = (Word & 0xFF);
}
/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints. */
static inline void Endpoint_Discard_Word(void)
{
uint8_t Dummy;
Dummy = UEDATX;
Dummy = UEDATX;
}
/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
* direction endpoints.
*/
static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_DWord_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_DWord_LE(void)
{
union
{
uint32_t DWord;
uint8_t Bytes[4];
} Data;
Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
return Data.DWord;
}
/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
* direction endpoints.
*/
static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_DWord_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_DWord_BE(void)
{
union
{
uint32_t DWord;
uint8_t Bytes[4];
} Data;
Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
return Data.DWord;
}
/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
* direction endpoints.
*/
static inline void Endpoint_Write_DWord_LE(const uint32_t DWord)
{
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(DWord);
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(DWord >> 16);
}
/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
* direction endpoints.
*/
static inline void Endpoint_Write_DWord_BE(const uint32_t DWord)
{
Endpoint_Write_Word_BE(DWord >> 16);
Endpoint_Write_Word_BE(DWord);
}
/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints. */
static inline void Endpoint_Discard_DWord(void)
{
uint8_t Dummy;
Dummy = UEDATX;
Dummy = UEDATX;
Dummy = UEDATX;
Dummy = UEDATX;
}
/* External Variables: */
/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
* 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
* project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
*
* If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
* endpoint size in the FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
* via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
* read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
* important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
* FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
* be used in the descriptors to ensure this.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*/
#if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
extern uint8_t USB_ControlEndpointSize;
#else
#define USB_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Configures the specified endpoint number with the given endpoint type, direction, bank size
* and banking mode. Endpoints should be allocated in ascending order by their address in the
* device (i.e. endpoint 1 should be configured before endpoint 2 and so on).
*
* The endpoint type may be one of the EP_TYPE_* macros listed in LowLevel.h and the direction
* may be either ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT or ENDPOINT_DIR_IN.
*
* The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that the endpoint can handle. Different
* endpoint numbers can handle different maximum packet sizes - refer to the chosen USB AVR's
* datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
*
* The banking mode may be either ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE or ENDPOINT_BANK_DOUBLE.
*
* The success of this routine can be determined via the Endpoint_IsConfigured() macro.
*
* By default, the routine is entirely dynamic, and will accept both constant and variable inputs.
* If dynamic configuration is unused, a small space savings can be made by defining the
* STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION macro via the -D switch to the compiler, to optimize for constant
* input values.
*
* \note This routine will select the specified endpoint, and the endpoint will remain selected
* once the routine completes regardless of if the endpoint configuration succeeds.
*
* \return Boolean true if the configuration succeeded, false otherwise
*/
bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Number, const uint8_t Type, const uint8_t Direction,
const uint16_t Size, const uint8_t Banks);
/** Spinloops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
* to be read or written to it.
*
* \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer,
* discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
* discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
* discarding the last packet from the host via the Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between
* each USB packet, the given stream callback function is executed repeatedly until the next
* packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \param Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
);
/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
* sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
* the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
* Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function
* is executed repeatedly until the endpoint is ready to accept the next packet, allowing for early
* aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
* \param Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
* sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
* the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
* Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function
* is executed repeatedly until the endpoint is ready to accept the next packet, allowing for early
* aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
* \param Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
* discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
* discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
* discarding the last packet from the host via the Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between
* each USB packet, the given stream callback function is executed repeatedly until the endpoint
* is ready to accept the next packet, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
* \param Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
* discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
* discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
* discarding the last packet from the host via the Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between
* each USB packet, the given stream callback function is executed repeatedly until the endpoint
* is ready to accept the next packet, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
* \param Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
* sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowedgement is not automatically cleared
* in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the setup OUT to
* finalize the transfer via the Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT() macro.
*
* \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
* together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
* \param Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
* sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowedgement is not automatically cleared
* in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the setup OUT to
* finalize the transfer via the Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT() macro.
*
* \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
* together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
* \param Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
* discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowedgement is not
* automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
* setup IN to finalize the transfer via the Endpoint_ClearSetupIN() macro.
*
* \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
* together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
* \param Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
* discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowedgement is not
* automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
* setup IN to finalize the transfer via the Endpoint_ClearSetupIN() macro.
*
* \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
*
* \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
* together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
* \param Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/* Function Aliases: */
/** Alias for Endpoint_Discard_Byte().
*/
#define Endpoint_Ignore_Byte() Endpoint_Discard_Byte()
/** Alias for Endpoint_Discard_Word().
*/
#define Endpoint_Ignore_Word() Endpoint_Discard_Word()
/** Alias for Endpoint_Discard_DWord().
*/
#define Endpoint_Ignore_DWord() Endpoint_Discard_DWord()
/** Alias for Endpoint_Read_Word_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Endpoint_Read_Word() Endpoint_Read_Word_LE()
/** Alias for Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Endpoint_Write_Word(Word) Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(Word)
/** Alias for Endpoint_Read_DWord_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Endpoint_Read_DWord() Endpoint_Read_DWord_LE()
/** Alias for Endpoint_Write_DWord_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Endpoint_Write_DWord(DWord) Endpoint_Write_DWord_LE(DWord)
/** Alias for Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
#define Endpoint_Read_Stream(Buffer, Length, Callback) Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, Callback)
#else
#define Endpoint_Read_Stream(Buffer, Length) Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length)
#endif
/** Alias for Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
#define Endpoint_Write_Stream(Buffer, Length, Callback) Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, Callback)
#else
#define Endpoint_Write_Stream(Buffer, Length) Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length)
#endif
/** Alias for Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream(Data, Length) Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Data, Length)
/** Alias for Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream(Data, Length) Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Data, Length)
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define Endpoint_AllocateMemory() MACROS{ UECFG1X |= (1 << ALLOC); }MACROE
#define Endpoint_DeallocateMemory() MACROS{ UECFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC); }MACROE
#define _ENDPOINT_GET_MAXSIZE(n) _ENDPOINT_GET_MAXSIZE2(ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP ## n)
#define _ENDPOINT_GET_MAXSIZE2(details) _ENDPOINT_GET_MAXSIZE3(details)
#define _ENDPOINT_GET_MAXSIZE3(maxsize, db) maxsize
#define _ENDPOINT_GET_DOUBLEBANK(n) _ENDPOINT_GET_DOUBLEBANK2(ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP ## n)
#define _ENDPOINT_GET_DOUBLEBANK2(details) _ENDPOINT_GET_DOUBLEBANK3(details)
#define _ENDPOINT_GET_DOUBLEBANK3(maxsize, db) db
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP0 64, true
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP1 256, true
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP2 64, true
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP3 64, true
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP4 64, true
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP5 64, true
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP6 64, true
#else
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP0 64, true
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP1 64, false
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP2 64, false
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP3 64, true
#define ENDPOINT_DETAILS_EP4 64, true
#endif
#if defined(STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION)
#define Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Number, Type, Direction, Size, Banks) \
Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointStatic(Number, \
((Type << EPTYPE0) | Direction), \
((1 << ALLOC) | Banks | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointStatic(const uint8_t Number, const uint8_t UECFG0XData, const uint8_t UECFG1XData);
/* Inline Functions: */
static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE;
static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
{
if (Bytes <= 8)
return (0 << EPSIZE0);
else if (Bytes <= 16)
return (1 << EPSIZE0);
else if (Bytes <= 32)
return (2 << EPSIZE0);
#if defined(USB_LIMITED_CONTROLLER)
else
return (3 << EPSIZE0);
#else
else if (Bytes <= 64)
return (3 << EPSIZE0);
else if (Bytes <= 128)
return (4 << EPSIZE0);
else
return (5 << EPSIZE0);
#endif
};
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

115
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "USBMode.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
#include "Host.h"
uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
{
bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
USB_Host_ResumeBus();
while (MS)
{
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
MS--;
}
if ((USB_IsConnected == false) || (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_DEVICE))
{
ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
break;
}
if (Pipe_IsError() == true)
{
Pipe_ClearError();
ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
break;
}
if (Pipe_IsStalled() == true)
{
Pipe_ClearStall();
ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
break;
}
}
if (BusSuspended)
USB_Host_SuspendBus();
return ErrorCode;
}
void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
{
bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
USB_Host_ResetBus();
while (!(USB_Host_IsResetBusDone()));
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
USB_Host_ResumeBus();
for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
{
/* Workaround for powerless-pullup devices. After a USB bus reset,
all disconnection interrupts are supressed while a USB frame is
looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
present. */
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
break;
}
_delay_ms(1);
}
if (BusSuspended)
USB_Host_SuspendBus();
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
}
#endif

245
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Host mode related macros and enums. This module contains macros and enums which are used when
* the USB controller is initialized in host mode.
*/
#ifndef __USBHOST_H__
#define __USBHOST_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../HighLevel/USBInterrupt.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
* host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
* and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
* fixed value is specified by the library.
*/
#define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS 1
#if !defined(USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of sent USB control transactions to an attached
* device. If a device fails to respond to a sent control request within this period, the
* library will return a timeout error code.
*
* This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
* USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
*/
#define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
#endif
#if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
* will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
* after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
* occur.
*
* This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
* HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
*/
#define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 1500
#endif
/** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
* USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
*
* If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
* woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
*/
#define USB_Host_ResetBus() MACROS{ UHCON |= (1 << RESET); }MACROE
/** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
* completed. This macro returns true if no bus reset is currently being sent, false
* otherwise.
*/
#define USB_Host_IsResetBusDone() ((UHCON & (1 << RESET)) ? false : true)
/** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
* of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
* host and attached device may occur.
*/
#define USB_Host_ResumeBus() MACROS{ UHCON |= (1 << SOFEN); }MACROE
/** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occuring between the host and attached
* device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
* messages to the device.
*/
#define USB_Host_SuspendBus() MACROS{ UHCON &= ~(1 << SOFEN); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
* false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
* except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
*/
#define USB_Host_IsBusSuspended() ((UHCON & (1 << SOFEN)) ? false : true)
/** Returns true if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
* false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
*/
#define USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed() ((USBSTA & (1 << SPEED)) ? true : false)
/** Returns true if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
* that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, false otherwise.
*/
#define USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent() ((UHINT & (1 << RXRSMI)) ? true : false)
/** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached
* device.
*/
#define USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent() MACROS{ UHINT &= ~(1 << RXRSMI); }MACROE
/** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
* a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
* be resumed.
*/
#define USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest() MACROS{ UHCON |= (1 << RESUME); }MACROE
/** Returns true if no resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
* device, false otherwise.
*/
#define USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent() ((UHCON & (1 << RESUME)) ? false : true)
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the various states of the USB Host state machine. Only some states are
* implemented in the LUFA library - other states are left to the user to implement.
*
* For information on each state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification. Some states have
*
* \see USBTask.h for information on the global variable USB_HostState, which stores the
* current host state machine state.
*/
enum USB_Host_States_t
{
HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice = 0, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Unattached = 1, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Attached = 2, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Attached_WaitForDeviceSettle = 3, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Attached_WaitForConnect = 4, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Attached_DoReset = 5, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Powered = 6, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Default = 7, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset = 8, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet = 9, /**< Internally implemented by the library. */
HOST_STATE_Addressed = 10, /**< May be implemented by the user project. */
HOST_STATE_Configured = 11, /**< May be implemented by the user project. */
HOST_STATE_Ready = 12, /**< May be implemented by the user project. */
HOST_STATE_Suspended = 13, /**< May be implemented by the user project. */
};
/** Enum for the error codes for the USB_HostError event.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
{
HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
* error may be the result of an attached device drawing
* too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
* AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
* current.
*/
};
/** Enum for the error codes for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
{
HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
* ErrorCode parameter value for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed
* event.
*/
HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
* to complete successfuly, due to a timeout or other
* error.
*/
HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
* indicating the attachment of a device.
*/
HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
* complete successfuly.
*/
HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
* configure correctly.
*/
};
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define USB_Host_HostMode_On() MACROS{ USBCON |= (1 << HOST); }MACROE
#define USB_Host_HostMode_Off() MACROS{ USBCON &= ~(1 << HOST); }MACROE
#define USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable() MACROS{ OTGCON &= ~(1 << VBUSHWC); UHWCON |= (1 << UVCONE); }MACROE
#define USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable() MACROS{ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSHWC); UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVCONE); DDRE |= (1 << 7); }MACROE
#define USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On() MACROS{ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSREQ); }MACROE
#define USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On() MACROS{ PORTE |= (1 << 7); }MACROE
#define USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off() MACROS{ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSRQC); }MACROE
#define USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off() MACROS{ PORTE &= ~(1 << 7); }MACROE
#define USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(addr) MACROS{ UHADDR = (addr & 0b01111111); }MACROE
/* Enums: */
enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
{
HOST_WAITERROR_Successful = 0,
HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError = 2,
HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled = 3,
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

178
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "USBMode.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTCHAPTER9_C
#include "HostChapter9.h"
USB_Host_Request_Header_t USB_HostRequest;
uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* BufferPtr)
{
uint8_t* HeaderStream = (uint8_t*)&USB_HostRequest;
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)BufferPtr;
bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
uint8_t ReturnStatus = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
uint16_t DataLen = USB_HostRequest.wLength;
USB_Host_ResumeBus();
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
return ReturnStatus;
Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
Pipe_SetToken(PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP);
Pipe_ClearErrorFlags();
Pipe_ClearSetupSent();
Pipe_Unfreeze();
for (uint8_t HeaderByte = 0; HeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Host_Request_Header_t); HeaderByte++)
Pipe_Write_Byte(*(HeaderStream++));
Pipe_ClearSetupOUT();
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent)))
goto End_Of_Control_Send;
Pipe_ClearSetupSent();
Pipe_Freeze();
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
goto End_Of_Control_Send;
if ((USB_HostRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION) == REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
{
Pipe_SetToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
if (DataStream != NULL)
{
while (DataLen)
{
Pipe_Unfreeze();
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)))
goto End_Of_Control_Send;
if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
DataLen = 0;
while (Pipe_BytesInPipe() && DataLen)
{
*(DataStream++) = Pipe_Read_Byte();
DataLen--;
}
Pipe_Freeze();
Pipe_ClearSetupIN();
}
}
Pipe_SetToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)))
goto End_Of_Control_Send;
Pipe_ClearSetupOUT();
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)))
goto End_Of_Control_Send;
}
else
{
if (DataStream != NULL)
{
Pipe_SetToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
while (DataLen)
{
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)))
goto End_Of_Control_Send;
while (DataLen && (Pipe_BytesInPipe() < USB_ControlPipeSize))
{
Pipe_Write_Byte(*(DataStream++));
DataLen--;
}
Pipe_ClearSetupOUT();
}
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)))
goto End_Of_Control_Send;
Pipe_Freeze();
}
Pipe_SetToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
Pipe_Unfreeze();
if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)))
goto End_Of_Control_Send;
Pipe_ClearSetupIN();
}
End_Of_Control_Send:
Pipe_Freeze();
if (BusSuspended)
USB_Host_SuspendBus();
Pipe_ResetPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
return ReturnStatus;
}
static uint8_t USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(const uint8_t WaitType)
{
uint16_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
while (!(((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent) && Pipe_IsSetupSent()) ||
((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived) && Pipe_IsSetupINReceived()) ||
((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady) && Pipe_IsSetupOUTReady())))
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
return ErrorCode;
if (!(TimeoutCounter--))
return HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut;
}
return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
}
#endif

127
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
* vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
*
* \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
*/
#ifndef __HOSTCHAPTER9_H__
#define __HOSTCHAPTER9_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "LowLevel.h"
#include "StdRequestType.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a standard USB control request.
*
* \see StdRequestType.h for information on the request type and data.
* \see The USB 2.0 specification for more information on standard control requests.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t bmRequestType; /**< Type of the request. */
uint8_t bRequest; /**< Request command code. */
uint16_t wValue; /**< wValue parameter of the request. */
uint16_t wIndex; /**< wIndex parameter of the request. */
uint16_t wLength; /**< Length of the data to transfer in bytes. */
} USB_Host_Request_Header_t;
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the USB_Host_SendControlRequest() return code, indicating the reason for the error
* if the transfer of the request is unsuccessful.
*/
enum USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t
{
HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful = 0, /**< No error occurred in the request transfer. */
HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected during the
* request transfer.
*/
HOST_SENDCONTROL_PipeError = 2, /**< An error occured in the pipe while sending the request. */
HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request, usually
* indicating that the request is unsupported on the device.
*/
HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
};
/* Global Variables: */
/** Global for the request to send via the USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function. This
* global should be filled with the correct control request data before sending the request to
* the attached device while in host mode.
*/
extern USB_Host_Request_Header_t USB_HostRequest;
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Sends the request stored in the USB_HostRequest global structure to the attached device,
* and transfers the data stored in the buffer to the device, or from the device to the buffer
* as requested.
*
* \param BufferPtr Pointer to the start of the data buffer if the request has a data stage, or
* NULL if the request transfers no data to or from the device.
*
* \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
*/
uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* BufferPtr);
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Enums: */
enum USB_WaitForTypes_t
{
USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent,
USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived,
USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady,
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTCHAPTER9_C)
static uint8_t USB_Host_Wait_For_Setup_IOS(const uint8_t WaitType);
#endif
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

260
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "USBMode.h"
#include "LowLevel.h"
#if (!defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_NONE;
#endif
#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
#endif
void USB_Init(
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
const uint8_t Mode
#endif
#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
,
#elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
void
#endif
#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
const uint8_t Options
#endif
)
{
USB_ShutDown();
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
#endif
#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
USB_Options = Options;
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
USB_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
#endif
#if defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY) && defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER)
UHWCON |= (1 << UIMOD);
#elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIMOD);
#elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
{
UHWCON |= (1 << UIDE);
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
}
else if (Mode == USB_MODE_DEVICE)
{
UHWCON |= (1 << UIMOD);
}
else if (Mode == USB_MODE_HOST)
{
UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIMOD);
}
else
{
RAISE_EVENT(USB_PowerOnFail, POWERON_ERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified);
return;
}
#endif
USB_ResetInterface();
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
USB_OTGPAD_On();
#endif
USB_IsInitialized = true;
sei();
}
void USB_ShutDown(void)
{
if (USB_IsConnected)
RAISE_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
USB_Detach();
USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
USB_IsConnected = false;
USB_IsInitialized = false;
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
USB_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
#endif
#if defined(CAN_BE_BOTH)
USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_NONE;
#endif
USB_Interface_Disable();
USB_PLL_Off();
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
USB_OTGPAD_Off();
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIDE);
#endif
}
void USB_ResetInterface(void)
{
USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
USB_IsConnected = false;
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
USB_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
USB_IsSuspended = false;
USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
USB_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
#endif
if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
{
#if defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
PLLFRQ = ((1 << PLLUSB) | (1 << PDIV3) | (1 << PDIV1));
#endif
USB_PLL_On();
while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
}
USB_Interface_Reset();
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
if (UHWCON & (1 << UIDE))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
}
#endif
if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED))
USB_REG_On();
USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && (defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)))
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_DEVICE)
{
if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
else
USB_Device_SetHighSpeed();
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUS);
}
#endif
#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE))
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_DEVICE)
{
USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
if (USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
{
#if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
USB_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
#elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
USB_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
#else
USB_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
#endif
}
}
#endif
USB_Attach();
#if defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPEND);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
#elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
USB_Host_HostMode_On();
USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
USB_OTGPAD_Off();
USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SRPI);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
#else
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_DEVICE)
{
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPEND);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
}
else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
{
USB_Host_HostMode_On();
USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
USB_OTGPAD_Off();
USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SRPI);
USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
}
#endif
}

371
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main low level USB driver. This module manages the low level initialization and shut down of the USB AVR's
* USB interface in either device or (if supported) host mode.
*/
#ifndef __USBLOWLEVEL_H__
#define __USBLOWLEVEL_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "USBMode.h"
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../HighLevel/Events.h"
#include "../HighLevel/USBTask.h"
#include "../HighLevel/USBInterrupt.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#include "Host.h"
#include "Pipe.h"
#include "OTG.h"
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#include "Device.h"
#include "Endpoint.h"
#include "DevChapter9.h"
#endif
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
#if (F_CPU == 8000000)
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__))
#define USB_PLL_PSC 0
#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || \
defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
#define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
#define USB_PLL_PSC 0
#endif
#elif (F_CPU == 16000000)
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
#define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP1))
#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
#define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP0))
#elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__))
#define USB_PLL_PSC (1 << PLLP0)
#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
#define USB_PLL_PSC (1 << PINDIV)
#endif
#endif
#if !defined(USB_PLL_PSC)
#error No PLL prescale value available for chosen F_CPU value and AVR model.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mode mask for the USB_CurrentMode global. This indicates that the USB interface is currently not
* initialized into any mode.
*/
#define USB_MODE_NONE 0
/** Mode mask for the USB_CurrentMode global and the USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
* USB interface is or should be initialized in the USB device mode.
*/
#define USB_MODE_DEVICE 1
/** Mode mask for the USB_CurrentMode global and the USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
* USB interface is or should be initialized in the USB host mode.
*
* \note Not all USB AVRs support host mode.
*/
#define USB_MODE_HOST 2
/** Mode mask for the the USB_Init() function. This indicates that the USB interface should be
* initialized into whatever mode the UID pin of the USB AVR indicates, and that the device
* should swap over its mode when the level of the UID pin changes during operation.
*
* \note Not all USB AVRs support host mode, and thus UID mode.
*/
#define USB_MODE_UID 3
/** Regulator disable option mask for USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
* regulator should be enabled to regulate the data pin voltages to within the USB standard.
*
* \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
*/
#define USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED (1 << 1)
/** Regulator enable option mask for USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
* regulator should be disabled and the AVR's VCC level used for the data pads.
*
* \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
*/
#define USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED (0 << 1)
/** Manual PLL control option mask for USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the user application
* will take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
* that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
*/
#define USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL (1 << 2)
/** Automatic PLL control option mask for USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the library should
* take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
* that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
*/
#define USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL (0 << 2)
/** Mask for a CONTROL type endpoint or pipe.
*
* \note See Endpoint.h and Pipe.h headers for endpoint/pipe functions.
*/
#define EP_TYPE_CONTROL 0b00
/** Mask for an ISOCHRONOUS type endpoint or pipe.
*
* \note See Endpoint.h and Pipe.h headers for endpoint/pipe functions.
*/
#define EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS 0b01
/** Mask for a BULK type endpoint or pipe.
*
* \note See Endpoint.h and Pipe.h headers for endpoint/pipe functions.
*/
#define EP_TYPE_BULK 0b10
/** Mask for an INTERRUPT type endpoint or pipe.
*
* \note See Endpoint.h and Pipe.h headers for endpoint/pipe functions.
*/
#define EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT 0b11
/** Mask for determining the type of an endpoint or pipe. This should then be compared with the
* EP_TYPE_* macros elsewhere in this module to determine the exact type of the endpoint or pipe.
*
* \note See Endpoint.h and Pipe.h headers for endpoint/pipe functions.
*/
#define EP_TYPE_MASK 0b11
/** Returns boolean true if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power),
* otherwise returns false.
*/
#define USB_VBUS_GetStatus() ((USBSTA & (1 << VBUS)) ? true : false)
/** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
* host if, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
* enumerating the device once attached until USB_Attach() is called.
*/
#define USB_Detach() MACROS{ UDCON |= (1 << DETACH); }MACROE
/** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
* USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
* will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
*
* This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
* attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
* register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
*/
#define USB_Attach() MACROS{ UDCON &= ~(1 << DETACH); }MACROE
#if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
* (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
* is not received or acknowedged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
*
* This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
* USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
*/
#define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
* allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
* host mode.
*
* As the USB library relies on USB interrupts for some of its functionality, this routine will
* enable global interrupts.
*
* Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
* interface reset and re-enumeration.
*
* \param Mode This is a mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to.
* Valid mode masks are USB_MODE_DEVICE, USB_MODE_HOST or USB_MODE_UID.
*
* \param Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
* interface to control the USB interface's behaviour. This should be comprised of
* a USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
* PLL, and a USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
* mode speed.
*
* \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
* this can be statically set via defining the token USB_DEVICE_ONLY for device mode or
* USB_HOST_ONLY for host mode in the use project makefile, passing the token to the compiler
* via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
* function prototype.
*
* \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are are required,
* the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
* this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
* defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
* parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
*
* \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
* AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
*
* \see Device.h for the USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
*/
void USB_Init(
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
const uint8_t Mode
#endif
#if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
,
#elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
void
#endif
#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
const uint8_t Options
#endif
);
/** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
* memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
* is restarted with the USB_Init() function.
*/
void USB_ShutDown(void);
/** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
* to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
*/
void USB_ResetInterface(void);
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for error codes relating to the powering on of the USB interface. These error codes are
* used in the ErrorCode parameter value of the USB_PowerOnFail event.
*/
enum USB_PowerOnErrorCodes_t
{
POWERON_ERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified = 0, /**< Indicates that USB_Init() was called with an
* invalid or missing Mode parameter.
*/
};
/* Global Variables: */
#if (!defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to. This value will be
* one of the USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*/
extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
#endif
#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
/** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when USB_Init()
* was called. This value will be one of the USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*/
#endif
/* Throwable Events: */
/** This module raises the USB_Disconnect event if the USB interface is reset (such as during a mode
* change while in UID mode) while the USB interface is connected to a device when in host mode, or
* a host while in device mode.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** This module raises the Power On Failure event when an error occurs while initializing the USB
* interface.
*
* \see Events.h for more information on this event.
*/
RAISES_EVENT(USB_PowerOnFail);
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define USB_PLL_On() MACROS{ PLLCSR = USB_PLL_PSC; PLLCSR |= (1 << PLLE); }MACROE
#define USB_PLL_Off() MACROS{ PLLCSR = 0; }MACROE
#define USB_PLL_IsReady() ((PLLCSR & (1 << PLOCK)) ? true : false)
#if defined(USB_FULL_CONTROLLER) || defined(USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER)
#define USB_REG_On() MACROS{ UHWCON |= (1 << UVREGE); }MACROE
#define USB_REG_Off() MACROS{ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVREGE); }MACROE
#else
#define USB_REG_On() MACROS{ REGCR &= ~(1 << REGDIS); }MACROE
#define USB_REG_Off() MACROS{ REGCR |= (1 << REGDIS); }MACROE
#endif
#define USB_OTGPAD_On() MACROS{ USBCON |= (1 << OTGPADE); }MACROE
#define USB_OTGPAD_Off() MACROS{ USBCON &= ~(1 << OTGPADE); }MACROE
#define USB_CLK_Freeze() MACROS{ USBCON |= (1 << FRZCLK); }MACROE
#define USB_CLK_Unfreeze() MACROS{ USBCON &= ~(1 << FRZCLK); }MACROE
#define USB_Interface_Enable() MACROS{ USBCON |= (1 << USBE); }MACROE
#define USB_Interface_Disable() MACROS{ USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE); }MACROE
#define USB_Interface_Reset() MACROS{ uint8_t Temp = USBCON; USBCON = (Temp & ~(1 << USBE)); \
USBCON = (Temp | (1 << USBE)); }MACROE
/* Inline Functions: */
static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
{
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
if (USBSTA & (1 << ID))
return USB_MODE_DEVICE;
else
return USB_MODE_HOST;
#else
return USB_MODE_DEVICE;
#endif
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

102
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/OTG.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Macros for embedded USB hosts with dual role On The Go capabilities, for managing role exchange. OTG
* is a way for two USB dual role devices to talk to one another directly without fixed device/host roles.
*
* \note These macros are only for AVRs which support the OTG protocol, and do not exist for device-only AVRs.
*/
#ifndef __USBOTG_H__
#define __USBOTG_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Initiate a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This indicates to the other connected device
* that the device wishes to change device/host roles.
*/
#define USB_OTG_DEV_Request_HNP() MACROS{ OTGCON |= (1 << HNPREQ); }MACROE
/** Cancel a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This stops a pending HNP request to the other
* connected device.
*/
#define USB_OTG_DEV_Cancel_HNP_Request() MACROS{ OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ); }MACROE
/** Returns boolean false if not currently sending a HNP to the other connected device, or true
* if a HNP is currently being issued.
*/
#define USB_OTG_DEV_IsSendingHNP() ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false)
/** Accepts a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should exchange
* device/host roles.
*/
#define USB_OTG_HOST_Accept_HNP() USB_OTG_DEV_Request_HNP()
/** Rejects a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should remain in their
* current device/host roles.
*/
#define USB_OTG_HOST_Reject_HNP() USB_OTG_DEV_Cancel_HNP_Request()
/** Returns boolean false if the connected device is not currently sending a HNP request, or true
* if a HNP is currently being issued by the connected device.
*/
#define USB_OTG_HOST_IsHNPReceived() ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false)
/** Initiates a Session Request Protocol request. Most OTG devices turn off VBUS when the USB
* interface is not in use, to conserve power. Sending a SRP to a USB OTG device running in
* host mode indicates that VBUS should be applied and a session started.
*
* There are two different methods of sending a SRP - either pulses on the VBUS line, or by
* pulsing the Data + line via the internal pullup resistor. The SRP mode is given as the
* "type" parameter, and can be either USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS or USB_OTG_STP_DATA.
*/
#define USB_OTG_DEV_Initiate_SRP(type) MACROS{ OTGCON = ((OTGCON & ~(1 << SRPSEL)) | (type | (1 << SRPREQ))); }MACROE
/** Mask for the VBUS pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
*
* \see USB_OTG_DEV_Initiate_SRP()
*/
#define USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS (1 << SRPSEL)
/** Mask for the Data + pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
*
* \see USB_OTG_DEV_Initiate_SRP()
*/
#define USB_OTG_STP_DATA 0
#endif

258
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "USBMode.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
#define INCLUDE_FROM_PIPE_C
#include "Pipe.h"
uint8_t USB_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Number, const uint8_t Type, const uint8_t Token, const uint8_t EndpointNumber,
const uint16_t Size, const uint8_t Banks)
{
Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
Pipe_EnablePipe();
UPCFG1X = 0;
UPCFG0X = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | (EndpointNumber << PEPNUM0));
UPCFG1X = ((1 << ALLOC) | Banks | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
return Pipe_IsConfigured();
}
void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
{
UPINT = 0;
for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
{
Pipe_ResetPipe(PNum);
Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
UPIENX = 0;
UPINTX = 0;
Pipe_ClearError();
Pipe_ClearErrorFlags();
Pipe_DeallocateMemory();
Pipe_DisablePipe();
}
}
uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
{
uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
while (!(Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
if (Pipe_IsStalled())
return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
else if (!(USB_IsConnected))
return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
{
USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
}
}
return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
}
uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* Data, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)Data;
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Pipe_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
Pipe_Write_Byte(*(DataStream++));
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* Data, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)(Data + Length - 1);
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Pipe_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
Pipe_Write_Byte(*(DataStream--));
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Pipe_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
Pipe_Discard_Byte();
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)Buffer;
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Pipe_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
*(DataStream++) = Pipe_Read_Byte();
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
)
{
uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)(Buffer + Length - 1);
uint8_t ErrorCode;
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
while (Length--)
{
if (!(Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed()))
{
Pipe_ClearCurrentBank();
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
if ((Callback != NULL) && (Callback() == STREAMCALLBACK_Abort))
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted;
#endif
if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
return ErrorCode;
}
*(DataStream--) = Pipe_Read_Byte();
}
return PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError;
}
#endif

788
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,788 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
* module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data
* send/recieve functions for various datatypes.
*/
#ifndef __PIPE_H__
#define __PIPE_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
#include "../HighLevel/USBTask.h"
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#include "StreamCallbacks.h"
#endif
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 (1 << 4)
/** Mask for Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT (1 << 3)
/** Mask for Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID (1 << 2)
/** Mask for Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID (1 << 1)
/** Mask for Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
#define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL (1 << 0)
/** Token mask for Pipe_ConfigurePipe(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
* which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
*/
#define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP (0b00 << PTOKEN0)
/** Token mask for Pipe_ConfigurePipe(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
* indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
*/
#define PIPE_TOKEN_IN (0b01 << PTOKEN0)
/** Token mask for Pipe_ConfigurePipe(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
* indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
*/
#define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT (0b10 << PTOKEN0)
/** Mask for the bank mode selection for the Pipe_ConfigurePipe() macro. This indicates that the pipe
* should have one single bank, which requires less USB FIFO memory but results in slower transfers as
* only one USB device (the AVR or the attached device) can access the pipe's bank at the one time.
*/
#define PIPE_BANK_SINGLE 0
/** Mask for the bank mode selection for the Pipe_ConfigurePipe() macro. This indicates that the pipe
* should have two banks, which requires more USB FIFO memory but results in faster transfers as one
* USB device (the AVR or the attached device) can access one bank while the other accesses the second
* bank.
*/
#define PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE (1 << EPBK0)
/** Pipe address for the default control pipe, which always resides in address 0. This is
* defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the pipe macros.
*/
#define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE 0
/** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
* in the device descriptor of the attached device.
*/
#define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
/** Pipe number mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's numerical address
* in the device.
*/
#define PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK 0x07
/** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
* the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of pipes, this value reflects
* the maximum number of pipes for the currently selected AVR model.
*/
#define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 7
/** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
* model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
* different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
* currently selected USB AVR model.
*/
#define PIPE_MAX_SIZE 256
/** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
* numerical address in the attached device.
*/
#define PIPE_EPNUM_MASK 0x07
/** Endpoint bank size mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
* bank size in the attached device.
*/
#define PIPE_EPSIZE_MASK 0x7FF
/** Interrupt definition for the pipe IN interrupt (for INTERRUPT type pipes). Should be used with
* the USB_INT_* macros located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on an INTERRUPT type pipe if the pipe interrupt period has
* elapsed and the pipe is ready for the next packet from the attached device to be read out from its
* FIFO buffer (if received).
*
* This interrupt must be enabled on *each* pipe which requires it (after the pipe is selected), and
* will fire the common pipe interrupt vector.
*
* \see ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect for more information on the common pipe and endpoint interrupt vector.
*/
#define PIPE_INT_IN UPIENX, (1 << RXINE) , UPINTX, (1 << RXINI)
/** Interrupt definition for the pipe OUT interrupt (for INTERRUPT type pipes). Should be used with
* the USB_INT_* macros located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on an INTERRUPT type endpoint if a the pipe interrupt period
* has elapsed and the pipe is ready for a packet to be written to the pipe's FIFO buffer and sent
* to the attached device (if required).
*
* This interrupt must be enabled on *each* pipe which requires it (after the pipe is selected), and
* will fire the common pipe interrupt vector.
*
* \see ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect for more information on the common pipe and endpoint interrupt vector. */
#define PIPE_INT_OUT UPIENX, (1 << TXOUTE), UPINTX, (1 << TXOUTI)
/** Interrupt definition for the pipe SETUP bank ready interrupt (for CONTROL type pipes). Should be
* used with the USB_INT_* macros located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on an CONTROL type pipe when the pipe is ready for a new
* control request.
*
* This interrupt must be enabled on *each* pipe which requires it (after the pipe is selected), and
* will fire the common pipe interrupt vector.
*
* \see ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect for more information on the common pipe and endpoint interrupt vector.
*/
#define PIPE_INT_SETUP UPIENX, (1 << TXSTPE) , UPINTX, (1 << TXSTPI)
/** Interrupt definition for the pipe error interrupt. Should be used with the USB_INT_* macros
* located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on a particular pipe if an error occurs on that pipe, such
* as a CRC mismatch error.
*
* This interrupt must be enabled on *each* pipe which requires it (after the pipe is selected), and
* will fire the common pipe interrupt vector.
*
* \see ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect for more information on the common pipe and endpoint interrupt vector.
*
* \see Pipe_GetErrorFlags() for more information on the pipe errors.
*/
#define PIPE_INT_ERROR UPIENX, (1 << PERRE), UPINTX, (1 << PERRI)
/** Interrupt definition for the pipe NAK received interrupt. Should be used with the USB_INT_* macros
* located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on a particular pipe if an attached device returns a NAK in
* response to a sent packet.
*
* This interrupt must be enabled on *each* pipe which requires it (after the pipe is selected), and
* will fire the common pipe interrupt vector.
*
* \see ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect for more information on the common pipe and endpoint interrupt vector.
*
* \see Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more information on pipe NAKs.
*/
#define PIPE_INT_NAK UPIENX, (1 << NAKEDE), UPINTX, (1 << NAKEDI)
/** Interrupt definition for the pipe STALL received interrupt. Should be used with the USB_INT_* macros
* located in USBInterrupt.h.
*
* This interrupt will fire if enabled on a particular pipe if an attached device returns a STALL on the
* currently selected pipe. This will also fire if the pipe is an isochronous pipe and a CRC error occurs.
*
* This interrupt must be enabled on *each* pipe which requires it (after the pipe is selected), and
* will fire the common pipe interrupt vector.
*
* \see ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect for more information on the common pipe and endpoint interrupt vector.
*/
#define PIPE_INT_STALL UPIENX, (1 << RXSTALLE), UPINTX, (1 << RXSTALLI)
/** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipe's selected bank. */
#define Pipe_BytesInPipe() UPBCX
/** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags. */
#define Pipe_ResetPipe(pipenum) MACROS{ UPRST = (1 << pipenum); UPRST = 0; }MACROE
/** Selects the given pipe number. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe number to be
* indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
*/
#define Pipe_SelectPipe(pipenum) MACROS{ UPNUM = pipenum; }MACROE
/** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
* currently selected pipe number so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
*/
#define Pipe_GetCurrentPipe() (UPNUM & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK)
/** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
* an attached device.
*
* \note Pipes must first be configured properly rather than just being enabled via the
* Pipe_ConfigurePipe() macro, which calls Pipe_EnablePipe() automatically.
*/
#define Pipe_EnablePipe() MACROS{ UPCONX |= (1 << PEN); }MACROE
/** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
* from an attached device.
*/
#define Pipe_DisablePipe() MACROS{ UPCONX &= ~(1 << PEN); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, false otherwise. */
#define Pipe_IsEnabled() ((UPCONX & (1 << PEN)) ? true : false)
/** Sets the token for the currently selected endpoint to one of the tokens specified by the PIPE_TOKEN_*
* masks. This should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints, to allow for bidirectional transfer of
* data during control requests.
*/
#define Pipe_SetToken(token) MACROS{ UPCFG0X = ((UPCFG0X & ~PIPE_TOKEN_MASK) | token); }MACROE
/** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
#define Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests() MACROS{ UPCONX |= (1 << INMODE); }MACROE
/** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
* accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
*/
#define Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(n) MACROS{ UPCONX &= ~(1 << INMODE); UPINRQX = n; }MACROE
/** Returns true if the currently selected pipe is configured, false otherwise. */
#define Pipe_IsConfigured() ((UPSTAX & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false)
/** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds. */
#define Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(ms) MACROS{ UPCFG2X = ms; }MACROE
/** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
* be serviced.
*/
#define Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts() UPINT
/** Clears the interrupt flag for the specified pipe number. */
#define Pipe_ClearPipeInterrupt(n) MACROS{ UPINT &= ~(1 << n); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the specified pipe's interrupt period has elapsed, false otherwise. */
#define Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(n) ((UPINT & (1 << n)) ? true : false)
/** Clears the pipe bank, and switches to the alternate bank if the currently selected pipe is
* dual-banked. When cleared, this either frees the bank up for the next packet from the host
* (if the endpoint is of the OUT direction) or sends the packet contents to the host (if the
* pipe is of the IN direction).
*/
#define Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() MACROS{ UPINTX &= ~(1 << FIFOCON); }MACROE
/** Unfreezes the pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
#define Pipe_Unfreeze() MACROS{ UPCONX &= ~(1 << PFREEZE); }MACROE
/** Freezes the pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
#define Pipe_Freeze() MACROS{ UPCONX |= (1 << PFREEZE); }MACROE
/** Clears the master pipe error flag. */
#define Pipe_ClearError() MACROS{ UPINTX &= ~(1 << PERRI); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
* some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
*
* \see Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retreiving the exact error flag.
*/
#define Pipe_IsError() ((UPINTX & (1 << PERRI)) ? true : false)
/** Clears all the currently selected pipe's hardware error flags, but does not clear the master error
* flag for the pipe. */
#define Pipe_ClearErrorFlags() MACROS{ UPERRX = 0; }MACROE
/** Returns a mask of the hardware error flags which have occured on the currently selected pipe. This
* value can then be masked against the PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
*/
#define Pipe_GetErrorFlags() UPERRX
/** Returns true if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
* bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
* direction). This function will return false if an error has occured in the pipe, or if the pipe
* is an IN direction and no packet has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT direction and the
* pipe bank is full.
*/
#define Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed() ((UPINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false)
/** Clears the flag indicating that a SETUP request has been sent to the attached device from the
* currently selected CONTROL type pipe.
*/
#define Pipe_ClearSetupSent() MACROS{ UPINTX &= ~(1 << TXSTPI); }MACROE
/** Returns true if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device, false otherwise. */
#define Pipe_IsSetupSent() ((UPINTX & (1 << TXSTPI)) ? true : false)
/** Returns true if the currently selected pipe has been stalled by the attached device, false otherwise. */
#define Pipe_IsStalled() ((UPINTX & (1 << RXSTALLI)) ? true : false)
/** Clears the stall condition on the currently selected pipe. */
#define Pipe_ClearStall() MACROS{ UPINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTALLI); }MACROE
/** Returns true if an IN request has been received on the currently selected CONTROL type pipe, false
* otherwise.
*/
#define Pipe_IsSetupINReceived() ((UPINTX & (1 << RXINI)) ? true : false)
/** Returns true if the currently selected CONTROL type pipe is ready to send an OUT request, false
* otherwise.
*/
#define Pipe_IsSetupOUTReady() ((UPINTX & (1 << TXOUTI)) ? true : false)
/** Acknowedges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
* CONTROL type endpoint, allowing for the transmission of a setup OUT packet, or the reception of
* another setup IN packet.
*/
#define Pipe_ClearSetupIN() MACROS{ UPINTX &= ~(1 << RXINI); UPINTX &= ~(1 << FIFOCON); }MACROE
/** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a setup OUT packet. */
#define Pipe_ClearSetupOUT() MACROS{ UPINTX &= ~(1 << TXOUTI); UPINTX &= ~(1 << FIFOCON); }MACROE
/** Returns true if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowedge) in response to the last sent packet on
* the currently selected pipe. This ocurrs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
* is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
* received, it must be cleard using Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
* can be re-sent.
*/
#define Pipe_IsNAKReceived() ((UPINTX & (1 << NAKEDI)) ? true : false)
/** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
*
* \see Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
*/
#define Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() MACROS{ UPINTX &= ~(1 << NAKEDI); }MACROE
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Pipe_WaitUntilReady function */
enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
{
PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error */
PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
* within the software timeout period set by the
* USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
*/
};
/** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Pipe_*_Stream_* functions. */
enum Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
{
PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe during the transfer. */
PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
* the transfer.
*/
PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
* within the software timeout period set by the
* USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
*/
PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted = 4, /**< Indicates that the stream's callback function aborted
* the transfer early.
*/
};
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes. */
static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_Byte(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_Byte(void)
{
return UPDATX;
}
/** Writes one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes. */
static inline void Pipe_Write_Byte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
UPDATX = Byte;
}
/** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes. */
static inline void Pipe_Discard_Byte(void)
{
uint8_t Dummy;
Dummy = UPDATX;
}
/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
* direction pipes.
*/
static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_Word_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_Word_LE(void)
{
uint16_t Data;
Data = UPDATX;
Data |= (((uint16_t)UPDATX) << 8);
return Data;
}
/** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
* direction pipes.
*/
static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_Word_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_Word_BE(void)
{
uint16_t Data;
Data = (((uint16_t)UPDATX) << 8);
Data |= UPDATX;
return Data;
}
/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
* direction pipes.
*/
static inline void Pipe_Write_Word_LE(const uint16_t Word)
{
UPDATX = (Word & 0xFF);
UPDATX = (Word >> 8);
}
/** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
* direction pipes.
*/
static inline void Pipe_Write_Word_BE(const uint16_t Word)
{
UPDATX = (Word >> 8);
UPDATX = (Word & 0xFF);
}
/** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes. */
static inline void Pipe_Ignore_Word(void)
{
uint8_t Dummy;
Dummy = UPDATX;
Dummy = UPDATX;
}
/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
* direction pipes.
*/
static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_DWord_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_DWord_LE(void)
{
union
{
uint32_t DWord;
uint8_t Bytes[4];
} Data;
Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
return Data.DWord;
}
/** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
* direction pipes.
*/
static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_DWord_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_DWord_BE(void)
{
union
{
uint32_t DWord;
uint8_t Bytes[4];
} Data;
Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
return Data.DWord;
}
/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
* direction pipes.
*/
static inline void Pipe_Write_DWord_LE(const uint32_t DWord)
{
Pipe_Write_Word_LE(DWord);
Pipe_Write_Word_LE(DWord >> 16);
}
/** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
* direction pipes.
*/
static inline void Pipe_Write_DWord_BE(const uint32_t DWord)
{
Pipe_Write_Word_BE(DWord >> 16);
Pipe_Write_Word_BE(DWord);
}
/** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes. */
static inline void Pipe_Ignore_DWord(void)
{
uint8_t Dummy;
Dummy = UPDATX;
Dummy = UPDATX;
Dummy = UPDATX;
Dummy = UPDATX;
}
/* External Variables: */
/** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
* 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
* descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
* to the USB bus.
*
* \note This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
* changed in value.
*/
extern uint8_t USB_ControlPipeSize;
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Configures the specified pipe number with the given pipe type, token, target endpoint number in the
* attached device, bank size and banking mode. Pipes should be allocated in ascending order by their
* address in the device (i.e. pipe 1 should be configured before pipe 2 and so on).
*
* The pipe type may be one of the EP_TYPE_* macros listed in LowLevel.h, the token may be one of the
* PIPE_TOKEN_* masks.
*
* The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that the pipe can handle. Different pipe
* numbers can handle different maximum packet sizes - refer to the chosen USB AVR's datasheet to
* determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
*
* The banking mode may be either PIPE_BANK_SINGLE or PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE.
*
* A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the Pipe_Unfreeze() macro.
*
* \note This routine will select the specified pipe, and the pipe will remain selected once the
* routine completes regardless of if the pipe configuration succeeds.
*
* \return Boolean true if the configuration is successful, false otherwise
*/
bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Number, const uint8_t Type, const uint8_t Token, const uint8_t EndpointNumber,
const uint16_t Size, const uint8_t Banks);
/** Spinloops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packed of data
* to be read or written to it.
*
* \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type pipes.
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
* sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
* the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
* Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
* executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
* \param Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
* sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
* the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
* Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
* executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
* \param Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
* as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
* user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the host via the Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro.
* Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready,
* allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \param Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected pipe.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
);
/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
* sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
* the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
* Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
* executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
* \param Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
* sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
* the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
* Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
* executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
*
* The callback routine should be created using the STREAM_CALLBACK() macro. If the token
* NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS is passed via the -D option to the compiler, stream callbacks are disabled
* and this function has the Callback parameter ommitted.
*
* \param Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
* \param Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
* \param Callback Name of a callback routine to call between sucessive USB packet transfers, NULL if no callback
*
* \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* Buffer, uint16_t Length
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
, uint8_t (* const Callback)(void)
#endif
) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/* Function Aliases: */
/** Alias for Pipe_Discard_Byte().
*/
#define Pipe_Ignore_Byte() Pipe_Discard_Byte()
/** Alias for Pipe_Discard_Word().
*/
#define Pipe_Ignore_Word() Pipe_Discard_Word()
/** Alias for Pipe_Discard_DWord().
*/
#define Pipe_Ignore_DWord() Pipe_Discard_DWord()
/** Alias for Pipe_Read_Word_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Pipe_Read_Word() Pipe_Read_Word_LE()
/** Alias for Pipe_Write_Word_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Pipe_Write_Word(Word) Pipe_Write_Word_LE(Word)
/** Alias for Pipe_Read_DWord_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Pipe_Read_DWord() Pipe_Read_DWord_LE()
/** Alias for Pipe_Write_DWord_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#define Pipe_Write_DWord(DWord) Pipe_Write_DWord_LE(DWord)
/** Alias for Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
#define Pipe_Read_Stream(Buffer, Length, Callback) Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, Callback)
#else
#define Pipe_Read_Stream(Buffer, Length) Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length)
#endif
/** Alias for Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(). By default USB transfers use little endian format, thus
* the command with no endianness specifier indicates little endian mode.
*/
#if !defined(NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS)
#define Pipe_Write_Stream(Buffer, Length, Callback) Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, Callback)
#else
#define Pipe_Write_Stream(Buffer, Length) Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length)
#endif
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define PIPE_TOKEN_MASK (0x03 << PTOKEN0)
#define Pipe_AllocateMemory() MACROS{ UPCFG1X |= (1 << ALLOC); }MACROE
#define Pipe_DeallocateMemory() MACROS{ UPCFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC); }MACROE
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
/* Inline Functions: */
static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE;
static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(uint16_t Bytes)
{
if (Bytes <= 8)
return (0 << EPSIZE0);
else if (Bytes <= 16)
return (1 << EPSIZE0);
else if (Bytes <= 32)
return (2 << EPSIZE0);
else if (Bytes <= 64)
return (3 << EPSIZE0);
else if (Bytes <= (8 << 4))
return (4 << EPSIZE0);
else
return (5 << EPSIZE0);
};
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

191
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/StdRequestType.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Contains definitions for the various control request parameters, so that the request details (such as data
* direction, request recipient, etc.) can be extracted via masking.
*/
#ifndef __STDREQTYPE_H__
#define __STDREQTYPE_H__
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the direction of the request data (Host to Device
* or Device to Host). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request direction masks.
*
* \see REQDIR_* macros for masks indicating the request data direction.
*/
#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION 0b10000000
/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the type of request (Device, Class or Vendor
* Specific). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request type masks.
*
* \see REQTYPE_* macros for masks indicating the request type.
*/
#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE 0b01100000
/** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the recipient of the request (Standard, Class
* or Vendor Specific). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request recipient
* masks.
*
* \see REQREC_* macros for masks indicating the request recipient.
*/
#define CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT 0b00011111
/** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from host to device.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
*/
#define REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE (0 << 7)
/** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from device to host.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
*/
#define REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST (1 << 7)
/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a standard request.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
*/
#define REQTYPE_STANDARD (0 << 5)
/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a class-specific request.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
*/
#define REQTYPE_CLASS (1 << 5)
/** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a vendor specific request.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
*/
#define REQTYPE_VENDOR (2 << 5)
/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to the device as a whole.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
*/
#define REQREC_DEVICE (0 << 0)
/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an interface in the
* currently selected configuration.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
*/
#define REQREC_INTERFACE (1 << 0)
/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an endpoint in the
* currently selected configuration.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
*/
#define REQREC_ENDPOINT (2 << 0)
/** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an unspecified element
* in the currently selected configuration.
*
* \see CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
*/
#define REQREC_OTHER (3 << 0)
/** Feature indicator for Clear Feature or Set Feature commands. When used in a Clear Feature
* request this indicates that an endpoint (whose address is given elsewhere in the request
* should have its stall condition cleared. If used in a similar manner inside a Set Feature
* request, this stalls an endpoint.
*/
#define FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT 0x00
/** Feature indicator for Clear Feature or Set Feature commands. When used in a Clear Feature
* request this indicates that the remote wakeup enabled device should not issue remote
* wakeup requests until further notice. If used in a similar manner inside a Set Feature
* request, this re-enabled the remote wakeup feature on the device.
*/
#define FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP 0x01
/* Enums: */
/** Enumeration for the various standard request commands. These commands are applicable when the
* request type is REQTYPE_STANDARD (with the exception of REQ_GetDescriptor, which is always
* handled regardless of the request type value).
*
* \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 Specification.
*/
enum USB_Control_Request_t
{
REQ_GetStatus = 0, /**< Implemented in the library for device, endpoint and interface
* recipients. Passed to the user application for other recipients
* via the USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_ClearFeature = 1, /**< Implemented in the library for device, endpoint and interface
* recipients. Passed to the user application for other recipients
* via the USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_SetFeature = 3, /**< Implemented in the library for device, endpoint and interface
* recipients. Passed to the user application for other recipients
* via the USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_SetAddress = 5, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
* to the user application for other recipients via the
* USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_GetDescriptor = 6, /**< Implemented in the library for all recipients and all request
* types. */
REQ_SetDescriptor = 7, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
* via the USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_GetConfiguration = 8, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
* to the user application for other recipients via the
* USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_SetConfiguration = 9, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
* to the user application for other recipients via the
* USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_GetInterface = 10, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
* via the USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_SetInterface = 11, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
* via the USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
REQ_SynchFrame = 12, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
* via the USB_UnhandledControlPacket() event when received in
* device mode. */
};
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED (1 << 0)
#define FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED (1 << 1)
#endif
#endif

87
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/StreamCallbacks.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Macros and enums for the stream callback routines in Endpoint.h and Pipe.c. This module contains the
* code required to easily set up stream callback functions which can be used to force early abort of a
* stream read/write process.
*/
#ifndef __STREAMCALLBACK_H__
#define __STREAMCALLBACK_H__
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Creates a prototype for or begins a stream callback routine. Stream callback routines are small
* routines which are executed during stream read or writes (if the callback-enabled versions of
* these functions are used) which allow the user application to abort the transfer when certain
* arbitrary conditions are met.
*
* Stream callback functions should return a value from the StreamCallback_Return_ErrorCodes_t
* enum.
*
* Usage Example (Device Endpoint, but applicable for Host pipes also):
* \code
* STREAM_CALLBACK(GlobalNotSet); // Callback Prototype
*
* STREAM_CALLBACK(GlobalNotSet)
* {
* if (MyGlobal == false)
* return ENDPOINT_STREAMCALLBACK_Continue;
* else
* return ENDPOINT_STREAMCALLBACK_Abort;
* }
*
* //...
* // Inside some routine:
* if (Endpoint_Write_CStream_LE(DataBuffer, sizeof(DataBuffer), GlobalNotSet) ==
* ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_CallbackAborted)
* {
* // Do something when the callback aborted the transfer early
* }
* \endcode
*/
#define STREAM_CALLBACK(name) uint8_t name (void)
/** Used with the Endpoint and Pipe stream functions as the callback function parameter, indicating that the stream
* call has no callback function to be called between USB packets.
*/
#define NO_STREAM_CALLBACK NULL
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible error return codes of a stream callback function */
enum StreamCallback_Return_ErrorCodes_t
{
STREAMCALLBACK_Continue = 0, /**< Continue sending or receiving the stream. */
STREAMCALLBACK_Abort = 1, /**< Abort the stream send or reciving process. */
};
#endif

77
LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBMode.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef __USBMODE_H__
#define __USBMODE_H__
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#if ((defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || \
defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || \
defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__)) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
#endif
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__))
#define USB_LIMITED_CONTROLLER
#elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
#define USB_MODIFIED_FULL_CONTROLLER
#else
#define USB_FULL_CONTROLLER
#endif
#if (!defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY) && !defined(USB_HOST_ONLY))
#define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
#elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
#define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_HOST
#elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
#define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
#define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_DEVICE
#endif
#if (defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
#error USB_HOST_ONLY and USB_DEVICE_ONLY are mutually exclusive.
#endif
#if (defined(USB_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
#error USB_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
#endif
#if defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
#define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
#endif
#endif
#endif

83
LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Master include file for the library USB functionality. This file should be included in all user projects making
* use of the USB portions of the library, instead of including any headers in the USB/LowLevel or USB/HighLevel
* directories.
*
* Class specific utility files in USB/Class/ must still be included manually, as they are not normally part of
* the USB library unless desired by the library user.
*/
#ifndef __USB_H__
#define __USB_H__
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (!(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)) && defined(USB_HOST_ONLY))
#error USB_HOST_ONLY is not available for the currently selected USB AVR model.
#endif
#if (!(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || \
defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || \
defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__)))
#error The currently selected AVR model is not supported under the USB component of the LUFA library.
#endif
/* Includes: */
#include "LowLevel/USBMode.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#include "LowLevel/Host.h"
#include "LowLevel/HostChapter9.h"
#include "LowLevel/Pipe.h"
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#include "LowLevel/Device.h"
#include "LowLevel/DevChapter9.h"
#include "LowLevel/Endpoint.h"
#endif
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#include "LowLevel/OTG.h"
#endif
#include "LowLevel/LowLevel.h"
#include "HighLevel/USBTask.h"
#include "HighLevel/USBInterrupt.h"
#include "HighLevel/Events.h"
#include "HighLevel/StdDescriptors.h"
#endif

117
LUFA/GettingStarted.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \page Page_GettingStarted Getting Started
*
* Out of the box, LUFA contains a large number of pre-made class demos for you to test, experiment with and
* ultimately build upon for your own projects. All the demos come pre-configured to build and run correctly
* on the AT90USB1287 AVR microcontroller, mounted on the Atmel USBKEY board and running at an 8MHz master clock.
* This is due to two reasons; one, it is the hardware the author posesses, and two, it is the most popular Atmel
* USB demonstration board to date.
*
* \section Sec_Prerequisites Prerequisites
* Before you can compile any of the LUFA library code or demos, you will need a recent distribution of avr-libc (1.6.2+)
* and the AVR-GCC (4.2+) compiler. For Windows users, the best way to obtain these is the WinAVR project
* (http://winavr.sourceforge.net) as this provides a single-file setup for everything required to compile your
* own AVR projects.
*
* \section Sec_Configuring Configuring the Demos, Bootloaders and Projects
* If the target AVR model, clock speed, board or other settings are different to the current settings, they must be changed
* and the project recompiled from the source code before being programmed into the AVR microcontroller. Most project
* configuration options are located in the "makefile" build script inside each LUFA application's folder, however some
* demo or application-specific configuration settings (such as the output format in the AudioOut demo) are located in the
* main .c source file of the project.
*
* Each project "makefile" contains all the script and configuration data required to compile each project. When opened with
* any regular basic text editor such as Notepad or Wordpad (ensure that the save format is a pure ASCII text format) the
* build configuration settings may be altered.
*
* Inside each makefile, a number of configuration variables are located, with the format "<VARIABLE NAME> = <VALUE>". For
* each application, the important variables which should be altered are:
*
* - <b>MCU</b>, the target AVR processor.
* - <b>BOARD</b>, the target board hardware
* - <b>F_CPU</b>, the target AVR master clock frequency
* - <b>CDEFS</b>, the C preprocessor defines which configure the source code
*
* These values should be changed to reflect the build hardware.
*
* \subsection SSec_MCU The MCU Parameter
* This parameter indicates the target AVR model for the compiled application. This should be set to the model of the target AVR
* (such as the AT90USB1287, or the ATMEGA32U4), in all lower-case (e.g. "at90usb1287"). Note that not all demos support all the
* USB AVR models, as they may make use of peripherals or modes only present in some devices.
*
* For supported library AVR models, see main documentation page.
*
* \subsection SSec_BOARD The BOARD Parameter
* This parameter indicates the target AVR board hardware for the compiled application. Some LUFA library drivers are board-specific,
* such as the LED driver, and the library needs to know the layout of the target board. If you are using one of the board models listed
* on the main library page, change this parameter to the board name in all UPPER-case.
*
* If you are not using any board-specific drivers in the LUFA library, or you are using a custom board layout, change this to read
* "USER" (no quotes) instead of a standard board name. If the USER board type is selected and the application makes use of one or more
* board-specific hardware drivers inside the LUFA library, then the appropriate stub drives files should be copied from the /BoardStubs/
* directory into a /Board/ folder inside the application directory, and the stub driver completed with the appropriate code to drive the
* custom board's hardware.
*
* \subsection SSec_F_CPU The F_CPU Parameter
* This parameter indicates the target AVR's master clock frequency, in Hz. Consult your AVR model's datasheet for allowable clock frequencies
* if the USB interface is to be operational.
*
* <b>Note that this value does not actually *alter* the AVR's clock frequency</b>, it is just a way to indicate to the library the clock frequency
* of the AVR as set by the AVR's fuses. If this value does not reflect the actual running frequency of the AVR, incorrect operation of one of more
* library components will ocurr.
*
* \subsection SSec_CDEFS The CDEFS Parameter
* Most applications will actually have multiple CDEF lines, which are concatenated together with the "+=" operator. This ensures that large
* numbers of configuration options remain readable by splitting up groups of options into seperate lines.
*
* Normally, these options do not need to be altered to allow an application to compile and run correctly on a different board or AVR to the
* current configuration - if the options are incorrect, then the demo is most likely incompatible with the chosen USB AVR model and cannot be
* made to function through the altering of the makefile settings alone (or at all). Settings such as the USB mode (device, host or both), the USB
* interface speed (Low or Full speed) and other LUFA configuration options can be set here - refer to the library documentation for details on the
* configuration parameters.
*
* \section Sec_Compiling Compiling a LUFA Application
* Compiling the LUFA demos, applications and/or bootloaders is very simple. LUFA comes with makefile scripts for
* each individual demo, bootloader and project folder, as well as scripts in the /Demos/, /Bootloaders/, /Projects/
* and the LUFA root directory. This means that compilation can be started from any of the above directories, with
* a build started from an upper directory in the directory structure executing build of all child directories under it.
* This means that while a build inside a particular demo directory will build only that particular demo, a build stated
* from the /Demos/ directory will build all LUFA demo projects sequentially.
*
* \subsection SSec_CommandLine Via the Command Line
* To build a project from the source via the command line, the command <b>"make all"</b> should be executed from the command line in the directory
* of interest. To remove compiled files (including the binary output, all intermediatary files and all diagnostic output
* files), execute <b>"make clean"</b>. Once a "make all" has been run and no errors were encountered, the resulting binary will
* be located in the generated ".HEX" file. If your project makes use of pre-initialized EEPROM variables, the generated ".EEP"
* file will contain the project's EEPROM data.
*
* \subsection SSec_AVRStudio Via AVRStudio
* Each demo, project and bootloader contains an AVRStudio project (.aps) which can be used to build each project. Once opened
* in AVRStudio, the project can be built and cleaned using the GUI buttons or menus. Note that the AVRStudio project files make
* use of the external project makefile, thus the procedure for configuring a demo remains the same regardless of the build environment.
*
* \section Sec_Programming Programming a USB AVR
* Once you have built an application, you will need a way to program in the resulting ".HEX" file (and, if your
* application uses EEPROM variables with initial values, also a ".EEP" file) into your USB AVR. Normally, the
* reprogramming an AVR device must be performed using a special piece of programming hardware, through one of the
* supported AVR programming protocols - ISP, HVSP, HVPP, JTAG or dW. This can be done through a custom programmer,
* a third party programmer, or an official Atmel AVR tool - for more information, see the Atmel.com website.
*
* Alternatively, you can use the bootloader. From the Atmel factory, each USB AVR comes preloaded with the Atmel
* DFU (Device Firmware Update) class bootloader, a small piece of AVR firmware which allows the remainder of the
* AVR to be programmed through a non-standard interface such as the serial USART port, SPI, or (in this case) USB.
* Bootloaders have the advantage of not requiring any special hardware for programming, and cannot usually be erased
* or broken without an external programming device. They have disadvantages however; they cannot change the fuses of
* the AVR (special configuration settings that control the operation of the chip itself) and a small portion of the
* AVR's FLASH program memory must be reserved to contain the bootloader firmware, and thus cannot be used by the
* loaded application. Atmel's DFU bootloader is either 4KB (for the smaller USB AVRs) or 8KB (for the larger USB AVRs).
*
* If you wish to use the DFU bootloader to program in your application, refer to your DFU programmer's documentation.
* Atmel provides a free utility called FLIP which is USB AVR compatible, and an open source (Linux compatible)
* alternative exists called "dfu-programmer".
*/

75
LUFA/MainPage.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/**
* \mainpage About the LUFA (Formerly MyUSB) Library
*
* Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs Library, written by Dean Camera.
*
* \section Sec_About About this library
*
* Originally based on the AT90USBKEY from Atmel, it is an open-source, driver for the USB-enabled AVR
* microcontrollers, released under the MIT license. Currently, the AT90USB1286, AT90USB1287, AT90USB646,
* AT90USB647, AT90USB162, AT90USB82, ATMEGA16U4, ATMEGA32U6 and ATMEGA32U4 AVR microcontrollers are supported by the
* library. Supported premade boards are the USBKEY, STK525, STK526, RZUSBSTICK and ATAVRUSBRF01.
*
* The library is currently in a stable release, suitable for download and incorporation into user projects for
* both host and device modes. For information about the project progression, check out my blog.
*
* LUFA is written specifically for the free AVR-GCC compiler, and uses several GCC-only extensions to make the
* library API more streamlined and robust. You can download AVR-GCC for free in a convenient windows package,
* from the the WinAVR website.
*
* \section Sec_Links Library Links
* Project Homepage: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/LUFA.php \n
* Development Blog: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/blog \n
* Discussion Group: http://groups.google.com/group/myusb-support-list \n
* SVN Access, Bug Reports and Feature Requests: http://code.google.com/p/lufa-lib/ \n
* Author's Website: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com \n
*
* WinAVR Website: http://winavr.sourceforge.net \n
* avr-libc Website: http://www.nongnu.org/avr-libc/ \n
*
* USB-IF Website: http://www.usb.org \n
*
* \section Sec_License License
* The LUFA library is currently released under the MIT licence, included below.
*
* \verbatim
* Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
* and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
* granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
* copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
* permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
* documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
* advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
* software without specific, written prior permission.
*
* The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
* software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
* and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
* special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
* whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
* in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
* arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
* this software.
* \endverbatim
*
* \section Sec_Demos Demos and Bootloaders
* The LUFA library ships with several different host and device demos, located in the /Demos/ subdirectory.
* If this directory is missing, please re-download the project from the project homepage.
*
* Also included with the library are two fully functional bootloaders, loacated in the /Bootloaders/ subdirectory.
* The DFU class bootloader is compatible with Atmel's FLIP software or the open source dfu-programmer project, and
* the CDC class (AVR109 protocol) is compatible with such open source software as AVRDUDE and AVR-OSP.
*
* \section Sec_Donations Donate
* I am a 20 year old University student studying for a double degree in Computer Science and Electronics
* Engineering. This leaves little time for any sort of work or leisure. Please consider donating a small amount
* to myself to support this and my future Open Source projects. You can donate any amount via PayPal on my
* website, http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com . All donations are greatly appreciated.
*/

226
LUFA/MemoryAllocator/DynAlloc.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DYNALLOC_C
#include "DynAlloc.h"
struct
{
char Mem_Heap[NUM_BLOCKS * BLOCK_SIZE];
void* Mem_Handles[NUM_HANDLES];
uint8_t Mem_Block_Flags[(NUM_BLOCKS / 4) + ((NUM_BLOCKS % 4) ? 1 : 0)];
uint8_t FlagMaskLookupMask[4];
uint8_t FlagMaskLookupNum[4];
} Mem_MemData = {FlagMaskLookupMask: {(3 << 0), (3 << 2), (3 << 4), (3 << 6)},
FlagMaskLookupNum: { 0, 2, 4, 6}};
static uint8_t Mem_GetBlockFlags(const Block_Number_t BlockNum)
{
const Block_Number_t BlockIndex = (BlockNum >> 2);
const uint8_t FlagMask = Mem_MemData.FlagMaskLookupMask[BlockNum & 0x03];
const uint8_t FlagMaskShift = Mem_MemData.FlagMaskLookupNum[BlockNum & 0x03];
return ((Mem_MemData.Mem_Block_Flags[BlockIndex] & FlagMask) >> FlagMaskShift);
}
static void Mem_SetBlockFlags(const Block_Number_t BlockNum, const uint8_t Flags)
{
const Block_Number_t BlockIndex = (BlockNum >> 2);
const uint8_t FlagMask = Mem_MemData.FlagMaskLookupMask[BlockNum & 0x03];
const uint8_t FlagMaskShift = Mem_MemData.FlagMaskLookupNum[BlockNum & 0x03];
Mem_MemData.Mem_Block_Flags[BlockIndex] &= ~FlagMask;
Mem_MemData.Mem_Block_Flags[BlockIndex] |= (Flags << FlagMaskShift);
}
static inline void Mem_Defrag(void)
{
Block_Number_t FreeStartBlock = 0;
char* FreeStartPtr = NULL;
char* UsedStartPtr = NULL;
Block_Number_t CurrBlock;
for (CurrBlock = 0; CurrBlock < NUM_BLOCKS; CurrBlock++)
{
if (!(Mem_GetBlockFlags(CurrBlock) & BLOCK_USED_MASK))
{
FreeStartPtr = &Mem_MemData.Mem_Heap[CurrBlock * BLOCK_SIZE];
FreeStartBlock = CurrBlock;
break;
}
}
if (FreeStartPtr == NULL)
return;
while (++CurrBlock < NUM_BLOCKS)
{
uint8_t CurrBlockFlags = Mem_GetBlockFlags(CurrBlock);
if (CurrBlockFlags & BLOCK_USED_MASK)
{
UsedStartPtr = &Mem_MemData.Mem_Heap[CurrBlock * BLOCK_SIZE];
for (Handle_Number_t HandleNum = 0; HandleNum < NUM_HANDLES; HandleNum++)
{
if (Mem_MemData.Mem_Handles[HandleNum] == UsedStartPtr)
{
Mem_MemData.Mem_Handles[HandleNum] = FreeStartPtr;
break;
}
}
memcpy(FreeStartPtr, UsedStartPtr, BLOCK_SIZE);
FreeStartPtr += BLOCK_SIZE;
Mem_SetBlockFlags(FreeStartBlock++, CurrBlockFlags);
Mem_SetBlockFlags(CurrBlock, 0);
}
}
}
static inline bool Mem_FindFreeBlocks(Block_Number_t* const RetStartPtr, const Block_Number_t Blocks)
{
Block_Number_t FreeInCurrSec = 0;
for (Block_Number_t CurrBlock = 0; CurrBlock < NUM_BLOCKS; CurrBlock++)
{
if (Mem_GetBlockFlags(CurrBlock) & BLOCK_USED_MASK)
FreeInCurrSec = 0;
else
FreeInCurrSec++;
if (FreeInCurrSec >= Blocks)
{
*RetStartPtr = CurrBlock;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
Mem_Handle_t Mem_Alloc(const Alloc_Size_t Bytes)
{
Block_Number_t ReqBlocks = (Bytes / BLOCK_SIZE);
Block_Number_t StartBlock;
if (Bytes % BLOCK_SIZE)
ReqBlocks++;
if (!(Mem_FindFreeBlocks(&StartBlock, ReqBlocks)))
{
Mem_Defrag();
if (!(Mem_FindFreeBlocks(&StartBlock, ReqBlocks)))
return NULL;
}
for (Block_Number_t UsedBlock = 0; UsedBlock < (ReqBlocks - 1); UsedBlock++)
Mem_SetBlockFlags((StartBlock + UsedBlock), (BLOCK_USED_MASK | BLOCK_LINKED_MASK));
Mem_SetBlockFlags((StartBlock + (ReqBlocks - 1)), BLOCK_USED_MASK);
for (Handle_Number_t AllocEntry = 0; AllocEntry < NUM_HANDLES; AllocEntry++)
{
Mem_Handle_t CurrHdl = (Mem_Handle_t)&Mem_MemData.Mem_Handles[AllocEntry];
if (DEREF(CurrHdl, void*) == NULL)
{
DEREF(CurrHdl, void*) = &Mem_MemData.Mem_Heap[StartBlock * BLOCK_SIZE];
return CurrHdl;
}
}
return NULL;
}
Mem_Handle_t Mem_Realloc(Mem_Handle_t CurrAllocHdl, const Alloc_Size_t Bytes)
{
Mem_Free(CurrAllocHdl);
return Mem_Alloc(Bytes);
}
Mem_Handle_t Mem_Calloc(const Alloc_Size_t Bytes)
{
Mem_Handle_t AllocHdl = Mem_Alloc(Bytes);
if (AllocHdl != NULL)
memset(DEREF(AllocHdl, void*), 0x00, Bytes);
return AllocHdl;
}
void Mem_Free(Mem_Handle_t CurrAllocHdl)
{
char* MemBlockPtr = DEREF(CurrAllocHdl, char*);
Block_Number_t CurrBlock = ((uint16_t)(MemBlockPtr - Mem_MemData.Mem_Heap) / BLOCK_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrBlockFlags;
if ((CurrAllocHdl == NULL) || (MemBlockPtr == NULL))
return;
do
{
CurrBlockFlags = Mem_GetBlockFlags(CurrBlock);
Mem_SetBlockFlags(CurrBlock, 0);
CurrBlock++;
}
while (CurrBlockFlags & BLOCK_LINKED_MASK);
DEREF(CurrAllocHdl, void*) = NULL;
}
Block_Number_t Mem_TotalFreeBlocks(void)
{
Block_Number_t FreeBlocks = 0;
for (Block_Number_t CurrBlock = 0; CurrBlock < NUM_BLOCKS; CurrBlock++)
{
if (!(Mem_GetBlockFlags(CurrBlock) & BLOCK_USED_MASK))
FreeBlocks++;
}
return FreeBlocks;
}
Handle_Number_t Mem_TotalFreeHandles(void)
{
Handle_Number_t FreeHandles = 0;
for (Handle_Number_t CurrHandle = 0; CurrHandle < NUM_HANDLES; CurrHandle++)
{
if (Mem_MemData.Mem_Handles[CurrHandle] == NULL)
FreeHandles++;
}
return FreeHandles;
}

182
LUFA/MemoryAllocator/DynAlloc.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Dynamic, auto-defragmenting block memory allocator library. This library provides a convenient replacement for
* the standard avr-libc dynamic memory allocation routines. Memory is handed out in block chunks, to reduce the
* management memory overhead.
*
* Unlike the normal memory allocation routines, this library gives out handles to memory which must be dereferenced
* at the exact time of use, rather than handing back direct memory pointers. By using library managed handles
* instead of pointers, allocated memory blocks can be shifted around as needed transparently to defragment the
* memory as more blocks are requested.
*
* The memory heap is static, thus the total memory usage of the compiled application (as reported by the avr-size
* tool of the AVR-GCC toolchain) includes the dynamic memory heap.
*
* The constants NUM_BLOCKS, BLOCK_SIZE and NUM_HANDLES must be defined in the project makefile (and passed to the
* preprocessor via the -D GCC switch) for this library to compile.
*
* NUM_BLOCKS indicates the number of memory blocks in the memory psudoheap which can be chaned together and handed
* to the application via a memory handle. NUM_HANDLES is the maximum number of memory handles (pointing to one or
* more chained memory blocks) which can be handed out simultaneously before requring a handle (and its associated
* memory) to be freed. BLOCK_SIZE gives the number of bytes in each memory block.
*/
#ifndef __DYN_ALLOC__
#define __DYN_ALLOC__
/* Includes : */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (!defined(NUM_BLOCKS) || !defined(BLOCK_SIZE) || !defined(NUM_HANDLES))
#error NUM_BLOCKS, BLOCK_SIZE and NUM_HANDLES must be defined before use via makefile.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to dereference a given memory handle into the given type. The given type should be a pointer
* if the memory is to contain an array of items, or should be a standard type (such as a primative or
* structure) if the memory is to hold a single item of a single type. */
#define DEREF(handle, type) (*(type*)handle)
/** Constant, giving the total heap size in bytes. */
#define ALLOCABLE_BYTES (1UL * NUM_BLOCKS * BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Memory handle type, used to store handles given by the library functions. */
typedef const void** Mem_Handle_t;
#if (ALLOCABLE_BYTES > 0xFFFF) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Type define for the size (in bytes) for an allocation for passing to the library functions.
* The exact type width varies depending on the value of ALLOCABLE_BYTES to ensure that a single
* allocation can request the entire heap if needed.
*/
typedef uint32_t Alloc_Size_t;
#elif (ALLOCABLE_BYTES > 0xFF)
typedef uint16_t Alloc_Size_t;
#else
typedef uint8_t Alloc_Size_t;
#endif
#if (NUM_BLOCKS > 0xFFFF) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Type define for a block number in the heap. The exact type width varies depending on the
* value of NUM_BLOCKS to ensure that the type can store an index to any block in the block pool.
*/
typedef uint32_t Block_Number_t;
#elif (NUM_BLOCKS > 0xFF)
typedef uint16_t Block_Number_t;
#else
typedef uint8_t Block_Number_t;
#endif
#if (NUM_HANDLES > 0xFFFF) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Type define for a handle number. The exact type width varies depending on the value of NUM_HANDLES
* to ensure that the type can store the index of any handle in the handle pool.
*/
typedef uint32_t Handle_Number_t;
#elif (NUM_HANDLES > 0xFF)
typedef uint16_t Handle_Number_t;
#else
typedef uint8_t Handle_Number_t;
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Allocates a given number of blocks from the heap (calculated from the requested number of bytes) and
* returns a handle to the newly allocated memory.
*
* \param Bytes The number of bytes requested to be allocated from the heap
*
* \return NULL handle if the allocation fails, or handle to the allocated memory if the allocation succeeds
*/
Mem_Handle_t Mem_Alloc(const Alloc_Size_t Bytes);
/** Allocates a given number of blocks from the heap (calculated from the requested number of bytes) and
* returns a handle to the newly allocated memory. Calloced memory is automatically cleared to all 0x00
* values at the time of allocation.
*
* \param Bytes The number of pre-cleared bytes requested to be allocated from the heap
*
* \return NULL handle if the allocation fails, or handle to the allocated memory if the allocation succeeds
*/
Mem_Handle_t Mem_Calloc(const Alloc_Size_t Bytes);
/** Deallocates a given memory handle, and attempts to allocates the given number of blocks from the heap
* (calculated from the requested number of bytes) immediately following the deallocation. The new memory
* may be located in the same area as the previous memory, but this is not guaranteed.
*
* \param CurrAllocHdl Handle to an already allocated section of memory in the heap to deallocate
* \param Bytes The number of bytes requested to be allocated from the heap following the
* deallocation
*
* \return NULL handle if the allocation fails, or handle to the allocated memory if the allocation succeeds
*
* \warning Even if the allocation fails, the deallocation will still occur. Care should be taken to ensure
* that the previously allocated memory is not used following an unsuccessful realloc().
*/
Mem_Handle_t Mem_Realloc(Mem_Handle_t CurrAllocHdl, const Alloc_Size_t Bytes);
/** Deallocates a given previously allocated section of memory from the heap.
*
* \param CurrAllocHdl Handle to a previously allocated section of memory in the heap
*/
void Mem_Free(Mem_Handle_t CurrAllocHdl);
/** Returns the total number of unallocated blocks in the heap.
*
* \return Number of free blocks in the heap, as a Block_Number_t integer
*/
Block_Number_t Mem_TotalFreeBlocks(void);
/** Returns the total number of unallocated handles in the handle pool.
*
* \return Number of free handles in the handle pool, as a Handle_Number_t integer
*/
Handle_Number_t Mem_TotalFreeHandles(void);
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define BLOCK_USED_MASK (1 << 0)
#define BLOCK_LINKED_MASK (1 << 1)
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_DYNALLOC_C)
static uint8_t Mem_GetBlockFlags(const Block_Number_t BlockNum);
static void Mem_SetBlockFlags(const Block_Number_t BlockNum, const uint8_t Flags);
static void Mem_Defrag(void);
#endif
#endif
#endif

230
LUFA/MigrationInformation.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \page Page_Migration Migrating from Older Versions
*
* Below is migration information for updating existing projects based on previous versions of the LUFA library
* to the next version released. It does not indicate all new additions to the library in each version change, only
* areas relevant to making older projects compatible with the API changes of each new release.
*
* \section Sec_MigrationXXXXXX Migrating from 090209 to XXXXXX
*
*
* \section Sec_Migration090209 Migrating from 081217 to 090209
*
* <b>Device Mode</b>
* - The ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
* - The USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
* makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
*
* <b>Host Mode</b>
* - The PIPE_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of PIPE_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
* - The USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
* makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
* - The USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event now contains a second "SubErrorCode" parameter, giving the error code of the function
* which failed.
* - The HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member constant has been corrected to HID_PARSE_Successful.
*
* <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
* - The previous SPI_SendByte() functionality is now located in SPI_TransferByte(). SPI_SendByte() now discards the return byte
* for speed, to compliment the new SPI_ReceiveByte() function. If two-way SPI transfers are required, calls to SPI_SendByte()
* should be changed to SPI_TransferByte().
* - The serial driver now sets the Tx line as an output explicitly, and enables the pullup of the Rx line.
* - The Serial_Init() and SerialStream_Init() functions now take a second DoubleSpeed parameter, which indicates if the USART
* should be initialized in double speed mode - useful in some circumstances for attaining baud rates not usually possible at
* the given AVR clock speed.
*
* <b>Library Demos</b>
* - Most library demos have been enhanced and/or had errors corrected. All users of all demos should upgrade their codebase to
* the latest demo versions.
*
* \section Sec_Migration171208 Migrating from V1.5.3 to 081217
*
* <b>All</b>
* - The MyUSB project name has been changed to LUFA (Lightweight Framework for USB AVRs). All references to MyUSB, including macro names,
* have been changed to LUFA.
*
* <b>Library Demos</b>
* - The ReconfigureUSART() routine in the USBtoSerial demo was not being called after new line encoding
* parameters were set by the host. Projects built on the USBtoSerial code should update to the latest version.
* - The HID Parser now supports multiple report (on a single endpoint) HID devices. The MouseHostWithParser and
* KeyboardHostWithPaser demos use the updated API functions to function correctly on such devices. Projects
* built on either "WithParser" demo should update to the latest code.
* - The RNDIS demo TCP stack has been modified so that connections can be properly closed. It is still not
* recommended that the MyUSB RNDIS demo TCP/IP stack be used for anything other than demonstration purposes,
* as it is neither a full nor a standards compliant implementation.
*
* <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
* - The Serial_IsCharRecieved() macro has been changed to the correct spelling of Serial_IsCharReceived() in Serial.h.
*
* <b>Device Mode</b>
* - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
* to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
* - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
* currently initialized.
* - Interrupts are now disabled when processing control requests, to avoid problems with interrupts causing the library
* or user request processing code to exceed the strict USB timing requirements on control transfers.
* - The USB Reset event now resets and disables all device endpoints. If user code depends on endpoints remaining configured
* after a Reset event, it should be altered to explicitly re-initialize all user endpoints.
* - The prototype for the GetDescriptor function has been changed, as the return value was redundant. The function now
* returns the size of the descriptor, rather than passing it back via a parameter, or returns NO_DESCRIPTOR if the specified
* descriptor does not exist.
* - The NO_DESCRIPTOR_STRING macro has been renamed NO_DESCRIPTOR, and is now also used as a possible return value for the
* GetDescriptor function.
*
* <b>Host Mode</b>
* - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
* to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
* - The HID report parser now supports multiple Report IDs. The HID report parser GetReportItemInfo() and
* SetReportItemInfo() routines now return a boolean, set if the requested report item was located in the
* current report. If sending a report to a multi-report device, the first byte of the report is automatically
* set to the report ID of the given report item.
* - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
* currently initialized.
*
*
* \section Sec_Migration152 Migrating from V1.5.2 to V1.5.3
*
* <b>Library Demos</b>
* - Previously, all demos contained a serial number string descriptor, filled with all zeros. A serial number
* string is required in Mass Storage devices, or devices which are to retain settings when moved between
* ports on a machine. As people were not changing the serial number value, this was causing conflicts and so
* the serial number descriptor has been removed from all but the Mass Storage demo, which requires it.
* - The AudioOut and AudioIn demos did not previously silence their endpoints when the host has deactivated
* them. Projects built upon either demo should upgrade to the latest code.
* - The FEATURE_ENDPOINT macro has been renamed FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT, and is now correctly documented.
* - The MassStoreHost demo contained errors which caused it to lock up randomly on certain devices. Projects built
* on the MassStoreDemo code should update to the latest version.
* - The Interrupt type endpoint in the CDC based demos previously had a polling interval of 0x02, which caused
* problems on some Linux systems. This has been changed to 0xFF, projects built on the CDC demos should upgrade
* to the latest code.
* - The HID keyboard and mouse demos were not previously boot mode compatible. To enable boot mode support, projects
* built on the keyboard or mouse demos (or derivatives) should upgrade to the latest code.
* - The Mass Storage demo was not previously standards compliant. Projects built on the Mass Storage demo should
* upgrade to the latest code.
* - The USART was not being reconfigured after the host sent new encoding settings in the USBtoSerial demo. This was
* previously discovered and fixed, but the change was lost. Projects built on the USBtoSerial demo should update
* to the latest code.
*
* <b>Device Mode</b>
* - The endpoint non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
* If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
* timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
* timeout duration in ms.
* - Rather than returning fixed values, the flags indicating if the device has Remote Wakeup currently enabled
* and/or is self-powered are now accessed and set through the new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and
* USB_CurrentlySelfPowered macros. See the DevChapter9.h documentation for more details.
* - All endpoint stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
* to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by pasing
* the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
*
* <b>Host Mode</b>
* - The pipe non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
* If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
* timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
* timeout duration in ms.
* - CollectionPath_t has been renamed to HID_CollectionPath_t to be more in line with the other HID parser structures.
* - All pipe stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
* to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by pasing
* the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
*
*
* \section Sec_Migration151 Migrating from V1.5.1 to V1.5.2
*
* <b>Library Demos</b>
* - The RNDIS demo application has been updated so that it is functional on Linux under earlier implementations
* of the RNDIS specification, which had non-standard behaviour. Projects built upon the demo should upgrade
* to the latest code.
* - The DFU class bootloader has had several bugs corrected in this release. It is recommended that where
* possible any existing devices upgrade to the latest bootloader code.
*
*
* \section Sec_Migration150 Migrating from V1.5.0 to V1.5.1
*
* <b>Library Demos</b>
* - The USBtoSerial demo was broken in the 1.5.0 release, due to incorrect register polling in place of the
* global "Transmitting" flag. The change has been reverted in this release. Projects built upon the demo
* should upgrade to the latest code.
* - The HID class demos did not implement the mandatory GetReport HID class request. Projects built upon the HID
* demos should upgrade to the latest code.
* - The HID class demos incorrectly reported themselves as boot-protocol enabled HID devices in their descriptors.
* Projects built upon the HID demos should upgrade to the latest code.
* - The MIDI device demo had incorrect AudioStreaming interface descriptors. Projects built upon the MIDI demo
* should upgrade to the latest code.
* - The AudioOut demo did not correctly tristate the speaker pins when USB was disconnected, wasting power.
* Projects built upon the AudioOut demo should upgrade to the latest code.
*
*
* \section Sec_Migration141 Migrating from V1.4.1 to V1.5.0
*
* <b>Library Demos</b>
* - Previous versions of the library demos had incorrectly encoded BCD version numbers in the descriptors. To
* avoid such mistakes in the future, the VERSION_BCD macro has been added to StdDescriptors.h. Existing
* projects should at least manually correct the BCD version numbers, or preferably update the descriptors to
* encode the version number in BCD format using the new macro.
* - The mandatory GetReport class-specific request was accidentally ommitted from previous versions of the demos
* based on the Human Interface Device (HID) class. This has been corrected, and any user projects based on the
* HID demos should also be updated accordingly.
* - The CDC demos now correctly send an empty packet directly after a full packet, to end the transmission.
* Failure to do this on projects which always or frequently send full packets will cause buffering issues on
* the host OS. All CDC user projects are advised to update their transmission routines in the same manner as
* the library CDC demos.
* - The previous interrupt-driven Endpoint/Pipe demos did not properly save and restore the currently selected
* Endpoint/Pipe when the ISR fired. This has been corrected - user projects based on the interrupt driven
* demos should also update to properly save and restore the selected Endpoint/Pipe.
*
* <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
* - The Atomic.h and ISRMacro.h header files in MyUSB/Common have been removed, as the library is now only
* compatible with avr-libc library versions newer than the time before the functionality of the deleted
* headers was available.
*
* <b>Device Mode</b>
* - The GetDescriptor function (see StdDescriptors.h) now has a new prototype, with altered parameter names and
* functions. Existing projects will need to update the GetDescriptor implementation to reflect the new API.
* The previously split Type and Index parameters are now passed as the original wValue parameter to the
* function, to make way for the USB specification wIndex parameter which is <i>not</i> the same as the
* previous Index parameter.
* - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event (see Events.h) now has new parameter names, to be in line with the
* official USB specification. Existing code will need to be altered to use the new parameter names.
* - The USB_CreateEndpoints event (see Events.h) has been renamed to USB_ConfigurationChanged, which is more
* appropriate. It fires in an identical manner to the previously named event, thus the only change to be made
* is the event name itself in the user project.
* - The USB_Descriptor_Language_t structure no longer exists in StdDescriptors.h, as this was a
* psudo-descriptor modelled on the string descriptor. It is replaced by the true USB_Descriptor_String_t type
* descriptor as indicated in the USB specification, thus all device code must be updated accordingly.
* - The names of several Endpoint macros have been changed to be more consistant with the rest of the library,
* with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
* with no other considerations required. See Endpoint.h for the new macro names.
* - The previous version of the MassStorage demo had an incorrect value in the SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t
* strucuture named SenseData in SCSI.c which caused some problems with some hosts. User projects based on this
* demo should correct the structure value to maintain compatibility across multiple OS platforms.
* - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
* versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
* and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more details.
*
* <b>Host Mode</b>
* - The USB_Host_Request_Header_t structure in HostChapter9.h (used for issuing control requests) has had its
* members renamed to the official USB specification names for requests. Existing code will need to be updated
* to use the new names.
* - The names of several Pipe macros have been changed to be more consistant with the rest of the library,
* with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
* with no other considerations required. See Pipe.h for the new macro names.
* - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
* versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
* and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
* documentation for more details.
* - The names of the macros in Host.h for controlling the SOF generation have been renamed, see the Host.h
* module documentation for the new macro names.
*
* <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
* - The OTG.h header file has been corrected so that the macros now perform their stated functions. Any existing
* projects using custom headers to fix the broken OTG header should now be altered to once again use the OTG
* header inside the library.
* - The USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event (see Events.h) now also fires in Device mode, when the host has
* finished enumerating the device. Projects relying on the event only firing in Host mode should be updated
* so that the event action only ocurrs when the USB_Mode global is set to USB_MODE_HOST.
*/

95
LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "Scheduler.h"
volatile SchedulerDelayCounter_t Scheduler_TickCounter;
volatile uint8_t Scheduler_TotalTasks;
bool Scheduler_HasDelayElapsed(const uint16_t Delay, SchedulerDelayCounter_t* const DelayCounter)
{
SchedulerDelayCounter_t CurrentTickValue_LCL;
SchedulerDelayCounter_t DelayCounter_LCL;
ATOMIC_BLOCK(ATOMIC_RESTORESTATE)
{
CurrentTickValue_LCL = Scheduler_TickCounter;
}
DelayCounter_LCL = *DelayCounter;
if (CurrentTickValue_LCL >= DelayCounter_LCL)
{
if ((CurrentTickValue_LCL - DelayCounter_LCL) >= Delay)
{
*DelayCounter = CurrentTickValue_LCL;
return true;
}
}
else
{
if (((MAX_DELAYCTR_COUNT - DelayCounter_LCL) + CurrentTickValue_LCL) >= Delay)
{
*DelayCounter = CurrentTickValue_LCL;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
void Scheduler_SetTaskMode(const TaskPtr_t Task, const bool TaskStatus)
{
TaskEntry_t* CurrTask = &Scheduler_TaskList[0];
while (CurrTask != &Scheduler_TaskList[Scheduler_TotalTasks])
{
if (CurrTask->Task == Task)
{
CurrTask->TaskStatus = TaskStatus;
break;
}
CurrTask++;
}
}
void Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode(const uint8_t GroupID, const bool TaskStatus)
{
TaskEntry_t* CurrTask = &Scheduler_TaskList[0];
while (CurrTask != &Scheduler_TaskList[Scheduler_TotalTasks])
{
if (CurrTask->GroupID == GroupID)
CurrTask->TaskStatus = TaskStatus;
CurrTask++;
}
}

262
LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Simple round-robbin cooperative scheduler for use in basic projects where non realtime tasks need
* to be executed. Each task is executed in sequence, and can be enabled or disabled individually or as a group.
*
* For a task to yield it must return, thus each task should have persistant data marked with the static attribute.
*
* Usage Example:
* \code
* #include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>
*
* TASK(MyTask1);
* TASK(MyTask2);
*
* TASK_LIST
* {
* { Task: MyTask1, TaskStatus: TASK_RUN, GroupID: 1 },
* { Task: MyTask2, TaskStatus: TASK_RUN, GroupID: 1 },
* }
*
* int main(void)
* {
* Scheduler_Start();
* }
*
* TASK(MyTask1)
* {
* // Implementation Here
* }
*
* TASK(MyTask2)
* {
* // Implementation Here
* }
* \endcode
*/
#ifndef __SCHEDULER_H__
#define __SCHEDULER_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <util/atomic.h>
#include "../Common/Common.h"
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Creates a new scheduler task body or prototype. Should be used in the form:
* \code
* TASK(TaskName); // Prototype
*
* TASK(TaskName)
* {
* // Task body
* }
* \endcode
*/
#define TASK(name) void name (void)
/** Defines a task list array, containing one or more task entries of the type TaskEntry_t. Each task list
* should be encased in curly braces and ended with a comma.
*
* Usage Example:
* \code
* TASK_LIST
* {
* { Task: MyTask1, TaskStatus: TASK_RUN, GroupID: 1 },
* // More task entries here
* }
* \endcode
*/
#define TASK_LIST extern TaskEntry_t Scheduler_TaskList[]; TaskEntry_t Scheduler_TaskList[] =
/** Constant, giving the maximum delay in scheduler ticks which can be stored in a variable of type
* SchedulerDelayCounter_t.
*/
#define TASK_MAX_DELAY (MAX_DELAYCTR_COUNT - 1)
/** Task status mode constant, for passing to Scheduler_SetTaskMode() or Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode(). */
#define TASK_RUN true
/** Task status mode constant, for passing to Scheduler_SetTaskMode() or Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode(). */
#define TASK_STOP false
/** Starts the scheduler in its infinite loop, executing running tasks. This should be placed at the end
* of the user application's main() function, as it can never return to the calling function.
*/
#define Scheduler_Start() Scheduler_GoSchedule(TOTAL_TASKS);
/** Initializes the scheduler so that the scheduler functions can be called before the scheduler itself
* is started. This must be exeucted before any scheduler function calls other than Scheduler_Start(),
* and can be ommitted if no such functions could be called before the scheduler is started.
*/
#define Scheduler_Init() Scheduler_InitScheduler(TOTAL_TASKS);
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a pointer to a scheduler task. */
typedef void (*TaskPtr_t)(void);
/** Type define for a variable which can hold a tick delay value for the scheduler up to the maximum delay
* possible.
*/
typedef uint16_t SchedulerDelayCounter_t;
/** Structure for holding a single task's information in the scheduler task list. */
typedef struct
{
TaskPtr_t Task; /**< Pointer to the task to execute. */
bool TaskStatus; /**< Status of the task (either TASK_RUN or TASK_STOP). */
uint8_t GroupID; /**< Group ID of the task so that its status can be changed as a group. */
} TaskEntry_t;
/* Global Variables: */
/** Task entry list, containing the scheduler tasks, task statuses and group IDs. Each entry is of type
* TaskEntry_t and can be manipulated as desired, although it is preferential that the proper Scheduler
* functions should be used instead of direct manipulation.
*/
extern TaskEntry_t Scheduler_TaskList[];
/** Contains the total number of tasks in the task list, irrespective of if the task's status is set to
* TASK_RUN or TASK_STOP.
*
* \note This value should be treated as read-only, and never altered in user-code.
*/
extern volatile uint8_t Scheduler_TotalTasks;
/** Contains the current scheduler tick count, for use with the delay functions. If the delay functions
* are used in the user code, this should be incremented each tick period so that the delays can be
* calculated.
*/
extern volatile SchedulerDelayCounter_t Scheduler_TickCounter;
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Resets the delay counter value to the current tick count. This should be called to reset the period
* for a delay in a task which is dependant on the current tick value.
*
* \param DelayCounter Counter which is storing the starting tick count for a given delay.
*/
static inline void Scheduler_ResetDelay(SchedulerDelayCounter_t* const DelayCounter)
ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
static inline void Scheduler_ResetDelay(SchedulerDelayCounter_t* const DelayCounter)
{
ATOMIC_BLOCK(ATOMIC_RESTORESTATE)
{
*DelayCounter = Scheduler_TickCounter;
}
}
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Determines if the given tick delay has elapsed, based on the given .
*
* \param Delay The delay to test for, measured in ticks
* \param DelayCounter The counter which is storing the starting tick value for the delay
*
* \return Boolean true if the delay has elapsed, false otherwise
*
* Usage Example:
* \code
* static SchedulerDelayCounter_t DelayCounter = 10000; // Force immediate run on startup
*
* // Task runs every 10000 ticks, 10 seconds for this demo
* if (Scheduler_HasDelayElapsed(10000, &DelayCounter))
* {
* // Code to execute after delay interval elapsed here
* }
* \endcode
*/
bool Scheduler_HasDelayElapsed(const uint16_t Delay,
SchedulerDelayCounter_t* const DelayCounter)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
/** Sets the task mode for a given task.
*
* \param Task Name of the task whose status is to be changed
* \param TaskStatus New task status for the task (TASK_RUN or TASK_STOP)
*/
void Scheduler_SetTaskMode(const TaskPtr_t Task, const bool TaskStatus);
/** Sets the task mode for a given task group ID, allowing for an entire group of tasks to have their
* statuses changed at once.
*
* \param GroupID Value of the task group ID whose status is to be changed
* \param TaskStatus New task status for tasks in the specified group (TASK_RUN or TASK_STOP)
*/
void Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode(const uint8_t GroupID, const bool TaskStatus);
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/* Macros: */
#define TOTAL_TASKS (sizeof(Scheduler_TaskList) / sizeof(TaskEntry_t))
#define MAX_DELAYCTR_COUNT 0xFFFF
/* Inline Functions: */
static inline void Scheduler_InitScheduler(const uint8_t TotalTasks)
{
Scheduler_TotalTasks = TotalTasks;
}
static inline void Scheduler_GoSchedule(const uint8_t TotalTasks) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
static inline void Scheduler_GoSchedule(const uint8_t TotalTasks)
{
Scheduler_InitScheduler(TotalTasks);
for (;;)
{
TaskEntry_t* CurrTask = &Scheduler_TaskList[0];
while (CurrTask != &Scheduler_TaskList[TotalTasks])
{
if (CurrTask->TaskStatus == TASK_RUN)
CurrTask->Task();
CurrTask++;
}
}
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

31
LUFA/SchedulerOverview.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \page Page_SchedulerOverview LUFA Scheduler Overview
*
* The LUFA library comes with a small, basic round-robbin scheduler which allows for small "tasks" to be executed
* continuously in sequence, and enabled/disabled at runtime. Unlike a conventional, complex RTOS scheduler, the
* LUFA scheduler is very simple in design and operation and is essentially a loop conditionally executing a series
* of functions.
*
* Each LUFA scheduler task should be written similar to an ISR; it should execute quickly (so that no one task
* hogs the processor, preventing another from running before some sort of timeout is exceeded). Unlike normal RTOS
* tasks, each LUFA scheduler task is a regular function, and thus must be designed to be called, and designed to
* return to the calling scheduler function repeatedly. Data which must be preserved between task calls should be
* declared as global or (prefferably) as a static local variable inside the task.
*
* The scheduler consists of a task list, listing all the tasks which can be executed by the scheduler. Once started,
* each task is then called one after another, unless the task is stopped by another running task or interrupt.
*
*
* If desired, the LUFA scheduler <b>does not need to be used</b> in a LUFA powered application. A more conventional
* approach to application design can be used, or a proper scheduling RTOS inserted in the place of the LUFA scheduler.
* In the case of the former the USB task must be run manually repeatedly to maintain USB communications, and in the
* case of the latter a proper RTOS task must be set up to do the same.
*
*
* For more information on the LUFA scheduler, see the Scheduler.h file documentation.
*/

224
LUFA/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \page Page_VIDPID VID and PID values
*
* The LUFA library uses VID/PID combinations generously donated by Atmel. The following VID/PID combinations
* are used within the LUFA demos, and thus may be re-used by derivations of each demo. Free PID values may be
* used by future LUFA demo projects.
*
* These VID/PID values should not be used in commercial designs under any circumstances. Private projects may
* use the following values freely, but must accept any collisions due to other LUFA derived private projects
* sharing identical values. It is suggested that private projects using interfaces compatible with existing
* demos share the save VID/PID value.
*
* <table>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* <b>VID</b>
* </td>
* <td>
* <b>PID</b>
* </td>
* <td>
* <b>Usage</b>
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2040
* </td>
* <td>
* Test Application
* </td>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2041
* </td>
* <td>
* Mouse Demo Application (and derivatives)
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2042
* </td>
* <td>
* Keyboard Demo Application (and derivatives)
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2043
* </td>
* <td>
* Joystick Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2044
* </td>
* <td>
* CDC Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2045
* </td>
* <td>
* Mass Storage Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2046
* </td>
* <td>
* Audio Output Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2047
* </td>
* <td>
* Audio Input Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2048
* </td>
* <td>
* MIDI Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x2049
* </td>
* <td>
* MagStripe Project
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x204A
* </td>
* <td>
* CDC Bootloader
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x204B
* </td>
* <td>
* USB to Serial Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x204C
* </td>
* <td>
* RNDIS Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x204D
* </td>
* <td>
* Keyboard and Mouse Combination Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x204E
* </td>
* <td>
* Dual CDC Demo Application
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* <tr>
* <td>
* 0x03EB
* </td>
* <td>
* 0x204F
* </td>
* <td>
* AVRISP Programmer Project
* </td>
* </tr>
*
* </table>
*/

49
LUFA/Version.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Version constants for informational purposes and version-specific macro creation. This header file contains the
* current LUFA version number in several forms, for use in the user-application (for example, for printing out
* whilst debugging, or for testing for version compatibility).
*/
#ifndef __LUFA_VERSION_H__
#define __LUFA_VERSION_H__
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** Indicates the version number of the library, as an integer. */
#define LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER 000000
/** Indicates the version number of the library, as a string. */
#define LUFA_VERSION_STRING "000000"
#endif

26
LUFA/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \page Page_WritingBoardDrivers Writing LUFA Board Drivers
*
* LUFA ships with several basic pre-made board drivers, to control hardware present on the supported board
* hardware - such as Dataflash ICs, LEDs, Joysticks, or other hardware peripherals. When compiling an application
* which makes use of one or more board drivers located in LUFA/Drivers/Board, you must also indicate what board
* hardware you are using in your project makefile. This is done by defining the BOARD macro using the -D switch
* passed to the compiler, with a constant of BOARD_{Name}. For example <b>-DBOARD=BOARD_USBKEY</b> instructs the
* compiler to use the USBKEY board hardware drivers.
*
* If your application does not use *any* board level drivers, you can ommit the definition of the BOARD macro.
* However, some users may wish to write their own custom board hardware drivers which are to remain compatible
* with the LUFA hardware API. To do this, the BOARD macro should be defined to the value BOARD_USER. This indicates
* that the board level drivers should be located in a folder named "Board" located inside the application's folder.
*
* When used, the driver stub files located in the DriverStubs folder should be copied to the user Board directory,
* and fleshed out to include the values and code needed to control the custom board hardware. Once done, the existing
* LUFA board level APIs (accessed in the regular LUFA/Drivers/Board/ folder) will redirect to the user board drivers,
* maintaining code compatibility and allowing for a different board to be selected through the project makefile with
* no code changes.
*/

42
LUFA/makefile
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
#
# LUFA Library
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.fourwalledcubicle.com
#
# Makefile for the LUFA library itself.
LUFA_SRC_FILES = ./Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
./Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
./Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c \
./Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
./Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c \
./Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c \
./Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
./Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
./Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
./Drivers/USB/HighLevel/StdDescriptors.c \
./Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c \
./Drivers/USB/Class/ConfigDescriptor.c \
./Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
./MemoryAllocator/DynAlloc.c \
./Drivers/Board/Temperature.c \
./Drivers/AT90USBXXX/Serial.c \
./Drivers/AT90USBXXX/Serial_Stream.c \
all:
clean:
rm -f $(LUFA_SRC_FILES:%.c=%.o)
clean_list:
doxygen:
@echo Generating Library Documentation...
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
clean_doxygen:
rm -rf Documentation
Write Preview
Loading…
Cancel
Save